Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Maximum availability Expert advice Reliable product quality Fast and easy ordering
2011/2012
Passion for safety this basic principle runs through all areas of our company and is kept firmly in mind by all our staff. It is noticeable both in our sound specialist knowledge of the application of our products and in the reliable and professional way we handle our business processes. Safety considerations are always top of the list, from the careful choice of products and suppliers via the innovative development of our range to the reliable manufacture and quality checking. Through personal consultations we aim to jointly find the best, safest and most economical solution for your project.
Gerhard Pfeifer, President of the PFEIFER-Group
You can rest assured that we will never compromise on the quality, reliability and safety of our products and services. We are personally committed to this philosophy.
Yours,
Reliable product quality ...................... 6 Tested safety ...................................... 8 Expert advice...................................... 10 Highest availability ............................. 12 Order quickly and comfortably ............ 14
PFEIFER ucts
N ew prod
2011/12
Interesting facts about the use of lifting clamps ..................... 75 Notes on the use of attachment devices ............................ 76 PFEIFER-RENFROE lifting clamps ....... 77
Application guide to lifting clamp models ....................... PFEIFER-RENFROE Accessories and service .................... Rail grabs .......................................... Section grabs .....................................
87 88 89 90
... ...
Wire rope slings, 1/2/4-leg ................. 138 Combined rope/chain suspension gears ............................... 146 Endless wire rope slings..................... 147 Wire rope sling accessories................ 149
2011/12
Intelligent innovations
We focus on in-house developments derived from the requirements and specifications of our customers. We observe the global procurement markets and find useful innovative solutions to problems. If we are not convinced by the market solutions, we develop solutions ourselves. In the catalogue our novelties are marked like this.
innovatio
new!
2011/12
R FEIFdEcts P u
New pro
11/12 20
98
Page
20 26
Page
Page
ons
Optional WLAN printer available Plug and play: system delivered already configured
3
2011/12
FEIFERs P
du New pro ct
11/12 20
115
Page
133
Page
199
Page
Anti-slip mat
Black-Cat-Panther ( > 0.9)
Tear proof thanks to textile insert
Page
66
259
Page
4
2011/12
R FEIFdEcts P u
New pro
11/12 20
152
Page
261
Page
52
Page
240
Page
Fall protection device Turbo Lite SafEscape Elite rescue device 293
Page
290
Page
5
2011/12
product q
Tested safety We meet the requirements for ISO 9001 to the highest Class E welding certificate. Flexural fatigue test
for round strand ropes
Investigation microscope
Investigation of corrosion, material fractures
Hardness tester
Brinell, Rockwell and Vickers tests
quality
Our quality management system is certified in accordance with EN ISO 9001 and we operate as specified in the SCC certificate (Safety Certificate Contractors).
Certified quality
7
2011/12
Let us take over the responsibility: make use of the expertise of our renowned inspection service.
Tested safety
Our mobile and stationary inspection service takes over your testing responsibilities. Performance of the prescribed examinations with the latest machines and according to the latest legal regulations. 8
safety
2011/12
In the case of larger testing actions, our mobile inspection service comes to your company so that your products are available to you for use again immediately. Individual and special tests take place in the stationary inspection service at the head office in Memmingen and at our service centres in Berlin, Hamburg, Mlheim, Mannheim, Straubing, Asten near Linz (Austria), Knonau (Switzerland), Wroclaw (Poland), Crewe and Southampton (United Kingdom). Passion for safety
PUSH works on a shared platform which enables full online management of your equipment which is subject to compulsory testing.
Always safe
PUSH supplies a clear message about the necessary test at the correct time.
Always up-to-date
Using PUSH you can update ingoing and outgoing items yourself.
Always checked
PUSH enables us to work online together so that your stock is always up-to-date. The check will ensure that no devices which are subject to compulsory testing are forgotten.
Inspection service
The PFEIFER inspection service takes over responsibility for the annual inspection of your hoists, lifting gear and attachment devices. We carry out the inspection using a large team of specially trained test engineers a specially equipped fleet of high-tech test vehicles Tests on site throughout Germany and in neighbouring countries Tests on complex cases at our head office
9
2011/12
Expert advice
We have a back office, many years of application support, a thorough knowledge of the regulations and the most up-to-date development expertise. When implementing your requirements it is our duty to find the best balance of costs and benefits, but never at the expense of safety. Our sales staff are salesmen and are trained to understand the customers' requirements and implement these in the most cost effective way for the customer. 10
advice
2011/12
Training centre
We provide training for operators, customers and other interested parties in open seminars or workshops on site.
Memmingen
11
2011/12
Highest availability
We carry a wide stock which few suppliers in our sector can equal. We offer a high level of stock availability. Our wide supplier network enables a rapid response to urgent customer requirements, even in critical situations. 12
2011/12
availabili
Delivery on time
At the date agreed with the customer. We achieve this with a success rate of around 95 %.
ity
13
2011/12
order
2011/12
1. PFEIFER product catalogue: order by telephone, fax, e-mail 2. PFEIFER product catalogue on the Internet and on CD 3. PFEIFER online shop 4. Electronic catalogue from PFEIFER 5. Electronic marketplaces with PFEIFER 6. Electronic data interchange with PFEIFER Processing/transaction costs
Order/Customer requirement
15
2011/12
Our product liability insurance in the sum of millions is an indication of our sense of responsibility.
Our know-how in our own metal, rope and textile manufacturing enables us to fully test the quality of our suppliers.
Weighing equipment ............... 18 Load-lifting magnets ............... 26 Pipe hooks .............................. 30 Manual hoists (lever hoists and pulley blocks) ................... 31 Manual hoists explosion-proof ....................... 37 Electric chain hoists................ 39 Rope hoists ............................. 50 Rope pulleys ........................... 51 Wire rope traction hoists ........ 52 Manual rope winches .............. 55 Electric rope winches.............. 57 HIT fork pallet trucks............... 58 Fork pallet truck ...................... 59 Transport rollers ..................... 62 HIT steel winches.................... 66 Hydraulic jacks ....................... 67 Hydraulic bottle jacks ............. 68 Hydraulic cylinders ................. 69 Hydraulic pumps ..................... 72 Hydraulic accessories............. 73
Extensive range Whether loads need to be weighed, lifted or moved, you will find a suitable product here. Comprehensive testing and quality assurance Guaranteed by means of rigorous product tests or in collaboration with suppliers who also take up the cause of quality. Special solutions Our application engineers will provide advice and assistance for the joint development of a cost-effective solution for requirements which cannot be met by the standard products. All-inclusive service We will provide support for all your needs whether this is competent advice prior to purchase or through our inspection service afterwards.
17
2011/12
Weighing equipment
PFEIFER Loadlink Plus Dynamometer
X Suitable for use as a
crane scales or for measuring tensile forces
Type Measuring range Resolution Units Dead weight Safety factor Protection class Battery type Battery lifetime Display type Ambient temperature Accuracy Dimension A Dimension B Dimension C Dimension D Dimension E Dimension F Dimension G Reference no. 2 suitable shackles Reference no. mm mm mm mm mm mm mm C kg t kg
PLLP250KG PLLP500KG 0.25 0.05 kg, kN, lbs 1.5 50:1 0.5 0.2 t, kg, kN, lbs 1.5 25:1
80 hours continuous operation 25 mm LCD 10 +50 +/- 0.3 % of the suspended weight 204 43 101 146 24.5 47.5 19 217158 218251 204 43 101 146 24.5 47.5 19 217159 218251 204 43 101 146 24.5 47.5 19 217160 218251 204 43 101 146 24.5 47.5 19 217161 218251 249 43 101 165 38 66 32 217162 218252 305 47 101 193 47.5 340 60 110 215 55 424 75 163 230 76 608 99 255 320 108 690 150 305 350 125 690 150 305 350 125
217164 218253
217166 218254
217167 218255
217168
217169
217170
18
2011/12
X Horizontal and vertical use possible! X Measured values are transmitted by radio to the read-out device, no
bothersome cable, easy read-out of the values
Handy! Extremely small and light readout device Overload indicator Battery monitoring of the measuring device and read-out device Range up to 100 m (less inside buildings) 400 hours continuous operation with one battery Use of conventional 1.5 V batteries Tare function up to 250 tonnes 3-year manufacturers warranty! Read-out device and calibration certificate included Packed in a high-quality aluminium case
Type Measuring range Resolution Units Dead weight Safety factor Protection class Battery type Battery lifetime Display type Ambient temperature Accuracy Dimension A Dimension B Dimension C Dimension D Dimension E Dimension F Dimension G Reference no. 2 suitable shackles Reference no. 218251 218251 218251 218251 218252 218253 218254 218255 on enquiry on enquiry on enquiry mm mm mm mm mm mm mm 204 43 101 146 24.5 47.5 19 217171 204 43 101 146 24.5 47.5 19 217172 204 43 101 146 24.5 47.5 19 217173 204 43 101 146 24.5 47.5 19 217174 C 249 43 101 165 38 66 32 217175 kg t kg PRLP250KG PRLP500KG 0.25 0.05 t 1.5 50:1 0.5 0.1 t 1.5 25:1 PRLP1T 1 0.5 t 1.5 12:1 PRLP2T5 2.5 1 t 1.5 5:1 PRLP5T 5 1 t 2.2 5:1 PRLP12T 12 2 t 3.5 5:1 IP65 4 x AA 1.5 V 400 hours continuous operation 8.8 mm LCD 10 +50 +/- 0.3 % of the suspended weight 305 47 110 193 47.5 340 60 110 215 55 424 75 163 230 76 608 99 255 320 108 690 150 305 350 125 690 150 305 350 125 PRLP25T 25 5 t 5.2 5:1 PRLP50T 50 10 t 10.9 5:1 PRLP100T 100 50 t 37 4:1 PRLP200T 200 100 t 80 5:1 PRLP250T 250 100 t 80 4:1
217177
217179
217180
217181
217182
217183
NEW: The PFEIFER-plus crane scales series plus points with PFEIFER
We offer you: + Trust 3-year manufacturers warranty! We are sure! + Optimum price performance ratio + Long service life devices protected against dampness and dust - protection class IP65 - solid housing (aluminium, sheet steel) + Handling extremely compact design, low dead weight. + Easy to use switch on, weigh, done. + Safety integrated overload protection in all devices (a warning signal sounds on overloading) + Reliability maximum accuracy +/ 0.3 % of the suspended weight + Flexibility versatile in use, compact and light, many units of measurement can be set + Selection the right device for every application + Advice we advise you before and after the purchase. Our extensive network of technical advisors and our inspection service will be only too pleased to help! = 10 plus points for our customers!
2011/12
new!
X Up to 12 dynamometers can be connected to one handheld device X Displays all individual values or the total value of all connected X Optional thermal printer can be supplied. By pressing a button, the
individual values and the total value are sent wirelessly to the printer
X Individual! Choose the system configuration yourself X Plug & Play the required system is supplied already configured X No troublesome cables wireless connection (2.4 GHz) between
dynamometers, read-out devices and optional printer
Handy! Extremely small and light read-out device Range up to 100 m (less inside buildings) Use of conventional 1.5 V batteries Caution: The following table relates only to the dynamometer! Please order the read-out device and optional printer separately! Caution: Please order dynamometers, read-out devices and optional printers separately!
Type Measuring range Resolution Units Dead weight Safety factor Protection class Ambient temperature Accuracy Dimension A Dimension B Dimension C Dimension D Dimension E Dimension F Dimension G Reference no. 2 suitable shackles Reference no. 218251 218251 218251 218251 218252 218253 218254 218255 on enquiry on enquiry on enquiry mm mm mm mm mm mm mm 204 43 101 146 24.5 47.5 19 241705 204 43 101 146 24.5 47.5 19 241706 204 43 101 146 24.5 47.5 19 241707 204 43 101 146 24.5 47.5 19 241708 C 249 43 101 165 38 66 32 241709 kg t kg RLPM250KG RLPM500KG 0.25 0.05 t 1.5 50:1 0.5 0.1 t 1.5 25:1 RLPM1T 1 0.5 t 1.5 12:1 RLPM2T5 2.5 1 t 1.5 5:1 RLPM5T 5 1 t 2.2 5:1 RLPM12T 12 2 t 3.5 5:1 IP65 10 +50 +/- 0.3 % of the suspended weight 305 47 110 193 47.5 340 60 110 215 55 424 75 163 230 76 608 99 255 320 108 690 150 305 350 125 690 150 305 350 125 RLPM25T 25 5 t 5.2 5:1 RLPM50T 50 10 t 10.9 5:1 RLPM100T 100 50 t 37 4:1 RLPM200T 200 100 t 80 5:1 RLPM250T 250 100 t 80 4:1
241710
241711
241712
241713
241714
241715
20
2011/12
Acoustic warning signal in case of overload Many units of measurement kg, t, kN, lbs 80 hours continuous operation with one battery Uses a conventional 9 V block battery Peak value memory, tare function up to 250 tonnes 3-year manufacturers warranty! Read-out device and calibration certificate included Complete with 10 m cable Packed in a high-quality aluminium case
Type Measuring range Resolution Dead weight Safety factor Protection class Battery type Battery lifetime Display type Ambient temperature Accuracy Dimension A Dimension B Dimension C Dimension D Dimension E Dimension F Dimension G Reference no. 2 suitable shackles Reference no. 218251 218251 218251 218251 218252 218253 218254 218255 on enquiry on enquiry on enquiry mm mm mm mm mm mm mm 204 43 101 146 24.5 47.5 19 225746 204 43 101 146 24.5 47.5 19 225747 204 43 101 146 24.5 47.5 19 225748 204 43 101 146 24.5 47.5 19 225749 C 249 43 101 165 38 66 32 225750 t kg kg WLP250KG WLP500KG 0.25 0.05 1.5 50:1 0.5 0.1 1.5 25:1 WLP1T 1 0.5 1.5 12:1 WLP2T5 2.5 1 1.5 5:1 WLP5T 5 1 2.2 5:1 WLP12T 12 2 3.5 5:1 IP65 9 V block battery (only in the handheld device) 80 hours continuous operation 25 mm LCD 10 +50 +/- 0.3 % of the suspended weight 305 47 101 193 47.5 340 60 110 215 55 400 75 151 230 66 608 99 255 320 108 690 150 305 350 125 690 150 305 350 125 WLP25T 25 5 5.2 5:1 WLP50T 50 10 10.9 5:1 WLP100T 100 50 37 4:1 WLP200T 200 100 80 5:1 WLP250T 250 100 80 4:1
225751
225752
225753
225754
225755
225756
On enquiry: Signal outputs for connection to PLCs and other controllers (0 10 V, 4 20 mA, etc.)
2011/12
X Attractive price/performance ratio X Suitable for use as a crane scales or for measuring tensile forces X Horizontal and vertical use possible!
E F C
G
We supply all devices from the PFEIFER plus crane scales series in a high-quality aluminium case! A calibration certificate is attached to each device, from which the individual measuring accuracy can be discerned. 3-year manufacturers warranty on all PFEIFER plus scales!
22
2011/12
2011/12
PFEIFER Handheld Plus wired remote read-out device Compatible with Loadlink Plus, new! Compact Plus and Loadblock Plus
X X X X X
Measured values can be read easily and reliably Compact and light weighs only 1 kg. Ergonomic handle Easy to upgrade no calibration required Can be operated at the handheld device and the measuring device Plug & Play! Plug in switch on weigh
3-year manufacturers warranty! Packed in a high-quality aluminium case Complete with 10 or 20 m cable
HHP-LLP/10 10 225721
HHP-LLP/20 20 225722
Caution: Not compatible with Wirelink Plus! For other cable lengths, please consult Pfeifer!
Crane scales
Light, reliable crane scales for in-plant use
Three-range implementation enables the highest possible accuracy even with low weights (adapted scale divisions) LCD display, height 25 mm Accuracy 0.03% of full scale reading Moisture-protected keypad with 4 keys: ON/OFF zero / automatic tare subtraction, F1, F2 Configurable function, optionally as PEAK (peak value) or HOLD (hold function) Infrared remote control: configurable as automatic tare subtraction or 4-key remote keypad Digital calibration, programmable directly with sample weight via keypad Automatic power-off programmable Max. permissible overload: 200% of full scale reading max. overload protection: 500 % of full scale reading Alkaline 9 V battery (not rechargeable) in pull-out compartment for easy replacement; continuous operation approx. 35 hrs. (with power-saving circuit up to 3 months) Temperature range 10 C to +40 C Transport case (41 x 26 x 24 cm)
Weighing range kg 1500/3000/6000 3000/6000/9500 Scale division kg 0.5/1.0/2.0 1.0/2.0/5.0 Dead weight 10.0 11.5 Dimensions in mm A 214 241 B 171 171 C 59 64 D 33 46 E 58 75 F 125 125 G 94 94 H 353 419 I 158 171 Reference no. 197922 197923
24
2011/12
Load display
Hydraulic, maintenance-free measuring system Sturdy, with stable cast housing Accuracy approx. 1% FSR. Operating temperature range 20 C to + 60 C Easily legible scales due to 12 mm high numbers Zero taring Rubber collar safety device
PFEIFER Weighing
Calibration and repair service
Long waiting times? Not at Pfeifer! Fast service for all our products is guaranteed. We will take care of the annual calibration of your dynamometers and crane weighers at our head office in Memmingen fast reliably professionally We will also undertake any repairs which are due on PFEIFER-plus devices quickly and without fuss at our head office in Memmingen. Just give us a call Phone + 49 (0)83 31/937-377 Further information on the inspection services we provide is given on pages 208 209.
2011/12
Load-lifting magnets
HIT permanent load lifting magnet The high-grade standard!
X Top handling compact dimensions and low dead
weight
new!
X X X X
Only small sheet thicknesses required Safe 2-hand operation is required to release the magnet Guaranteed compliance with a safety factor of 3 High-quality European devices
Suitable for both flat and round material Operating temperature range: 10 to +60 C
Flat material WLL kg 125 250 500 1000 1500 2000 required minimum sheet metal thickness mm 20 20 25 40 45 55
Round or tubular material WLL kg 50 100 200 400 600 800 for pipe diameters from to mm 40300 40300 60400 100450 120500 150600 min. wall thickness mm 10 10 15 25 30 35 max. load length mm 1000 1500 2000 3000 3000 3000 A 121 189 249 342 383 457 B 185 185 235 316 457 457 C 79 79 106 133 166 166 Dimensions in mm D 79 79 101 131 171 171 E 106 63 88 88 122 122 F 53 35 52 52 64 64 G 32 43 60 60 87 87 H 13 11 13 13 18 20 I 13 14 22 22 30 30 Weight kg 3.7 6.0 15.0 36.0 66.0 80.0 239929 239930 239931 239932 239933 239934 Reference no.
26
2011/12
HIT permanent load-lifting magnet, type DB Particularly suitable for extremely thin sheets
tubes
new!
X X X X X
Top handling compact dimensions and low dead weight Only small sheet thicknesses required Safe 2-hand operation is required to release the magnet Guaranteed compliance with a safety factor of 3 High-quality European devices
Suitable for both flat and round material Can be used from 4 mm sheet thickness at about 50% of the working load limit Operating temperature range: 10 to +60 C
Flat material WLL kg 150 300 required minimum sheet metal thickness mm 8 10
Round or tubular material WLL kg 60 1200 for pipe diameters from to mm 40240 60290 min. wall thickness mm 8 10 max. load length mm 1500 2000 A 189 250 B 185 235 C 79 106 Dimensions in mm D 79 101 E 63 88 F 35 52
Load (kg)
HIT HIT HIT HIT HIT
Weight G 43 60 H 11 13 I 14 22 kg 6 16
Reference no.
239935 239936
Load (kg)
Force (daN)
Force (daN)
HIT DB HIT DB
HIT
2011/12
X Safe and reliable, even with extremely thin sheets and thin-walled
HIT-NEO permanent load lifting magnet Extremely suitable with long loads and round material! new!
Extremely sturdy, welded design!
X X X X X X X
High WLLs, also for round material due to pole point with deep prism Sturdy, fully welded design with solid handle for tough operations Suitable for taking up especially long loads Unlocking and loosening possible with one hand Safety factor 3.2 Supplied with individual test certificate High-quality European devices
Flat material WLL kg 125 250 500 1000 1500 2000 required minimum sheet metal thickness mm 20 25 30 40 60 60 WLL kg 60 125 250 500 750 1000
Round or tubular material for pipe diameters from to mm 50100 60200 65270 100300 150350 150350 min. wall thickness mm 10 15 15 20 25 30 max. load length mm 2500 3500 4000 4500 4500 5000 A 93 152 246 305 373 480 Dimensions in mm B 60 101 121 147 165 165 C 110 164 164 217 254 254 D 137 186 186 248 338 419 Weight kg 2.6 10.0 20.0 40.0 82.0 90.0 245565 245566 245567 245568 245569 245570 Reference no.
Due to the deep prism in the pole piece the round material is taken up safely.
Air Gap 0.1 0.3 mm Max. W Max. WLL mm kg 1250 380 1250 320 1250 300 1250 220 1250 160 1250 100 200
Air Gap 0.3 0.5 mm Max. L mm 2150 2150 2150 2150 2000 2000 3000 Max. W Max. WLL mm kg 1000 255 1000 220 1000 205 1000 165 1000 125 1000 80 150
Air Gap < 0.1 mm Max. L mm 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 2750 4500
Air Gap 0.3 0.5 mm Max. W Max. WLL mm kg 1250 650 1250 565 1250 550 1250 510 1250 380 1250 200 300
Max. L Max. W Max. Max. L mm mm WLL kg mm 2500 2500 2500 2500 2300 2000 4000 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 500 425 400 270 195 125 250 2350 2350 2350 2350 2250 2000 3500
28
Max. W Max. Max. L WLL mm mm kg 1500 1000 3000 1500 860 3000 1500 830 3000 1500 745 3000 1500 500 3000 1500 285 2500 500 4000
Max. W Max. Max. L WLL mm mm kg 1500 845 2500 1500 730 2500 1500 705 2500 1500 640 2500 1500 445 2500 1500 240 2000 400 3500
2011/12
Left:
Permanent magnet with vertical loading device for lifting and swivelling flat material by 90 on enquiry Load lifting magnets with battery and infrared remote control on enquiry Magnetic cross-beam for HIT & BUX magnets on enquiry
Centre:
Right:
2011/12
Pipe hooks
PFEIFER pipe hook with impact protection
Type PPHC for sensitive pipes
X X X X
Careful handling of pipes without damaging the ends of the pipe Optimum handling due to ergonomic arrangement of the handle Maximum service life, since the impact cheeks are replaceable BGR test is not a problem, because the opening width of the hook is measurable thanks to a punch mark handle and are undetachable
The soft, extremely well-adhering coating as well as the plastic impact cheeks enable the careful handling of pipes, whose ends have been machined precisely. Example: Pipelines The pipe hooks are attached in two-line suspension by means of shackles. In order to attach the pipe, one pipe hook is fastened at each end of the pipe. Dimensions of the required shackle: Eyebolt diameter max. 27.5 mm; clearance width of the shackle min. 33 mm Maximum pipe wall thickness 43 mm
WLL kg 6700 Reference no. 212044
X Serial number and working load limit can be read off from the
X Serial number and working load limit can be read off from the
handle and are undetachable
These pipe hooks are used for the in-plant handling of pipes where the ends of the pipe do not require special protection. The pipe hooks are attached in two-line suspension by means of shackles. In order to attach the pipe, one pipe hook is fastened at each end of the pipe. Dimensions of the required shackle: Eyebolt diameter max. 27.5 mm; clearance width of the shackle min. 33 mm Maximum pipe wall thickness 43 mm
WLL kg 6700 Reference no. 212043
PFEIFER pipe hooks in use for the handling of sensitive pipes. Impact protection and coating reliably prevent damage to the ends of the pipe.
30
2011/12
new!
Standard application?
For standard applications the chrome HIT lever hoists and pulley blocks are the best choice. But what counts as a standard? A standard can be defined as: no excessive exposure to moisture and dust. no extreme mechanical stresses (impacts and shocks) no explosion protection required.
blocks plays an important role. This turns out to be relatively small due to the gear ratio in the gear mechanism. Check the suitability of the relevant device for your application in the technical data.
Mechanical strain?
The hoist will be under more or less strain depending on the application. The so-called sheet steel devices are ideal for standard applications. For lever hoists subject to higher stresses e.g. impacts or shocks, it is best to use devices made of malleable cast iron (e. g. P95 and P85). Although the purchase costs are higher at the outset, these hoists are actually considerably more economical calculated over the lifetime of the device. The aluminium lever hoist made from cast aluminium offers an optimum price-stability ratio.
Dead weight?
The dead weight is of particular importance when the device has to Sheet steel vs. cast devices? be lifted as well. The lever hoists For lever hoists a distinction is made made from sheet steel have the between devices made of sheet steel edge here. The extremely sturdy and those which are cast. Sheet steel malleable cast iron device P95 is devices are generally lighter and only marginally heavier. cheaper. Cast devices have a higher stability and longer lifetime.
Load chain?
Appreciate the value of a lifting chain made in Europe. We have detected considerable safety deficiencies in some chains from the Far East. Our chain hoists always use chains from Europe.
meters that all para Please note in to be seen are always other! with one an connection
We will be only too pleased to assist you in selecting the optimum hoist for your application! Just contact us! Talk to your sales advisor or give us a call on: +49 (0) 83 31-937-112 We look forward to hearing from you.
In the following we offer you a selection of manual hoists, in which we already offer devices as a standard according to application.
2011/12
X European, high-tensile, galvanised load chain according to EN X Low hand force due to optimum gear ratio and high-quality steel plain
bearings
The compact one P07 lever hoist Compact, with low hand force ideal for assembly works!
X Pleasant handling due to extremely compact dimensions, reduced
lever force and low dead weight! You will be surprised!
X X X X
Virtually wear-free brake, hence less maintenance costs, higher safety! Maximum service life due to closed bearings, specially adapted lifting chain and extremely robust housing! Compact dimensions enable it to be used in tight spaces. High-quality European lifting chain according to EN
32
2011/12
The mini XXS lever hoist Small and light fits in every toolbox!
X Affordable mini lever hoist for
light assembly work
This mini lever hoist is so small and light that it can be taken anywhere. Whether for machine maintenance or other light-duty applications, this mini is ideal! Operating temperature range: 25 C to +40 C
WLL Overall height of hook from inner edge to inner edge Lever pressure at full load Lift for each lever rotation Weight with 1.5 m lift Reference no. with 1.5 m stroke Reference no. with 3 m stroke kg mm mm mm kg 250 230 25 72 2 160246 191817
The robust one AL lever hoist The perfect combination Top in stability, weight and cost!
X Long-lasting because it is not susceptible to moisture and dust thanks
to the closed chain path
X X X X X
Extremely robust and corrosion-resistant due to the cast aluminium housing Cannot twist or bend even suitable for heavy-duty applications Attractive price/performance ratio Compact dimensions High-quality European lifting chain according to EN
High stability at a fair price Cast aluminium housing does not bend or twist. So this hoist is suitable for heavy-duty applications! Operating temperature range: 25 C to +40 C
WLL Number of chain legs Overall height of hook from inner edge to inner edge Lift for each lever rotation Lever pressure at nominal load Hook dimension, mm Hook dimension, mm Hook dimension, mm Weight with 1.5 m lift Reference no. with 1.5 m stroke Reference no. with 3 m stroke kg Piece mm mm daN B C D kg 750 1 315 30.8 16.8 20 22 14 6.4 115136 238978 1000 1 325 30.8 22.4 23 23 16 6.6 115139 238979 1500 1 380 16.4 18.7 27 26 20 10 115142 227284 3000 1 455 14.8 28 36 33 24 18 115147 210758
2011/12
X Fits in every toolbox X High-quality European lifting chain according to EN X Sturdy sheet-steel casing
Indestructible P95 lever hoist, malleable cast iron Maximum stability and extremely low dead weight!
Working load limit up to 3,000 kg
X X X X X X
Extremely light, scarcely any heavier than a unit with sheet-metal casing Ultra-robust due to the malleable cast iron housing bending or twisting is not possible High grade 100 chain gives extremely compact dimensions and low dead weight Long-lasting because it is not susceptible to moisture and dust thanks to the closed chain path Unaffected by vibrations and oscillations due to self-locking, flat brake thread with heavy-duty construction Maximum safety from compulsory switching sequence of Lift-Lower-Free accidental switchover is not possible
new!
X Unaffected by vibrations and oscillations due to self-locking, flat brake thread with heavy-duty construction X Maximum safety from compulsory switching sequence of Lift-Lower-Free accidental switchover is not
possible
X High-quality European lifting chain according to EN X As an option, also available with roller chain the chain cannot twist!
WLL Number of chain legs Overall height of hook from inner edge to inner edge Stroke for each lever rotation Lever pressure at full load Hook dimension, mm Hook dimension, mm Hook dimension, mm Weight with 1.5 m stroke reference no. with 1.5 m stroke Reference no. with 3 m stroke kg Piece mm mm daN B C D kg 750 1 322 111 38 21 27 15 8.2 238982 238984 1500 1 389 45 31 27 30 20 17 115085 238985 3000 1 403 33 40 35 34 25 22.2 171526 238986 6000 2 532 17 42 48 46 40 38 183550 238987 10000 3 805 11 37 61 54 40 67 238983 238988
Also available with friction coupling at extra cost. Other lifting heights on enquiry! Also available with roller chain please consult PFEIFER.
34
2011/12
HIT Chrome spur wheel pulley blocks Top quality for all-round use!
X Optimum corrosion protection thanks to chrome plated, closed sheetsteel housing and galvanised inner plates
X Proven quality 100% tested before shipment in the Pfeifer headX European, high-tensile, galvanised load chain according to EN X Long-life, stable hand chain X Compact design with small overall height
Usable from 25 C to +40 C
WLL Number of chain legs Overall height of hook from inner edge to inner edge Tensile force of hand chain at nominal load Stroke per 1 m unreeling of the hand chain Hook dimension, mm Hook dimension, mm Hook dimension, mm Hook dimension, mm Weight with 3 m stroke Reference no. with 3 m stroke Reference no. with 6 m stroke kg Piece mm daN mm B C D d kg 250 1 220 19 21 16 25 12 30 5 218919 218925 500 1 270 23 37 18.5 30 15 35 10 218920 218926 1000 1 317 31 25 26 28 17 35.5 12 218921 218927 2000 1 414 36 14 40 33.5 22 42.5 20 218922 218928 3000 2 465 34 7 44 40 28 50 27 218923 218929 5000 2 636 42 6 53 50 34 64 45.5 218924 218930
2011/12
quarters, Memmingen
The adaptable one 360 spur wheel pulley block Operate it safely from outside the danger area!
X Hand chain can be rotated by 360 facilitates operation at a safe
distance from the load
X Can also be operated without difficulty from above or from the side
perfect for pulling and tensioning
X Top handling compact dimensions and low hand force X High-quality European lifting chain according to EN X Robust, powder-coated sheet steel design
Operate it safely and conveniently next to the load. The rotatable hand chain makes this unit particularly suitable for bulky loads.
WLL Number of chain legs Overall height of hook from inner edge to inner edge Tensile force of hand chain at nominal load Stroke per 1 m unreeling of the hand chain Hook dimension, mm Hook dimension, mm Hook dimension, mm Weight with 3 m stroke Reference no. with 3 m stroke Reference no. with 6 m stroke
kg Piece mm daN mm B C D kg
The miracle space-saver 360 pulley block with integrated roller running gear Makes best use of the height!
X X X X X X X X
Optimum utilisation of the ceiling height thanks to its own extremely small height Inherently stable no wobbling or rocking since the pulley block is rigidly attached to the geared trolleys Hand chain can be rotated by 360 facilitates operation at a safe distance from the load Fast assembly due to infinite adjustment of the round nuts Tipping protection, wheel-fracture protection, and approach buffers as a standard Long-lasting because it is not susceptible to moisture and dust thanks to the closed chain path High-quality European lifting chain according to EN Robust, powder-coated sheet steel design
Operate it safely and conveniently next to the load. The rotatable hand chain makes this unit particularly suitable for bulky loads. Roller and ball bearings on all rotary parts
WLL Number of chain legs Overall height of hook from inner edge to inner edge Tensile force of hand chain Beam flange width Weight with 3 m stroke Reference no. with 3 m stroke Reference no. with 6 m stroke mm daN mm kg kg 500 1 245 21 50180 20 161263 238997 1000 1 272 30 50180 27 161264 238998 2000 1 323 32 58180 44 161265 238999 3000 1 382 38 74180 77 161266 239000 5000 2 550 34 98180 125 161267 239001
36
2011/12
Higher working load limits and carrying flange widths up to 300 mm and with winder running gear on enquiry. Other lifting heights on enquiry!
2011/12
new!
WLL kg 500 500 1000 1000 2000 2000 3000 3000 5000 5000
Beam flange width mm 50220 160300 58220 160300 66220 160300 74220 160300 90220 180300
smallest curve radius m 0.90 0.90 1.00 0.90 1.10 1.15 1.40 1.40 1.80 1.80
Weight kg 5.2 10.6 9.0 12.0 13.5 19.3 32.0 35.8 48.0 52.2
Reference no. 115188 115189 115190 115191 115192 115193 115194 115195 115196 115197
WLL kg 500 500 1000 1000 2000 2000 3000 3000 5000 5000
Beam flange width mm 50220 160300 58220 160300 66220 160300 74220 160300 90220 180300
smallest curve radius m 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 1.15 1.15 1.40 1.40 1.80 1.80
Weight kg 9.7 12.6 11.2 14.1 18.0 21.3 35.4 39.2 51.8 56.0
Reference no. 168186 168187 168188 168189 168190 168191 168192 168193 168194 168195
Beam clamps
For fastening an attachment point to an I-beam Also suitable for the lifting of I-beams in a vertical direction Easy and simple assembly, adjustable to the beam size using the screw jack For the vertical suspension of hoists Low overall height Also suitable for I-sections with inclination of the lower flange up to 20%
B B1
E D
Dimensions in mm Bmin. 75 80 80 Bmax. 260 354 354 B1max. 215 320 320 D 23 24 28 Emin. 102 140 140 Emax. 155 225 225
38
5000
2011/12
The selection of the correct electric chain hoist depends primarily on the application.
The following questions arise:
Necessary hook travel Suspension height Frequency of application (rarely, more frequently, continuous operation) Type of operation (longer distances without a break or frequent switching/lifting/lowering) Environmental conditions (temperature, hygiene requirements, aggressive environment, e.g. offshore or explosive environment)
Depending upon the individual application, the correct hoist can then be selected with the following parameters:
Duty cycle
Specifies the operating/pause ratio of according to FEM 9.511 the electric chain hoist. The FEM is divided into the classes 1DM to 5 m, whereby 5 m is the This is specified in %. Although the minimum values are specified in the best class. The following are standards, the performance of many indicated for each class in the FEM: chain hoists is better than that The minimum requirement for the demanded by the standard. duty cycle
Motor group
Number of legs
There are electric chain hoists with one or more legs. The more legs, the higher the working load limit of the chain hoist for the same motor power. However, many legs mean a lower lifting speed and cause long chain lengths = high weight, large chain store.
Type of control
The maximum length of time that the chain hoist may be operated without a break The maintenance intervals in full load hours The correct class is to be selected here depending on the application!
In general there are two types of control. Direct control and contactor control. Direct control means that the operating voltage (400 V) is switched directly in the pendant control panel. In the case of contactor control, the operating voltage is converted to a low voltage and this is switched in the pendant control panel. This option may be useful depending Limit switches on the environment, e.g. humidity. There are limit switches for lifting and Certain other parameters, such as lowering. The load movement is stroke limit switches, may make stopped if the load hook reaches a contactor control necessary. certain position at the top or bottom. This prevents the hook from being driven against the housing at the top or to the stop of the load chain at the bottom. The integrated friction coupling is relieved as a result, extending the service life.
In the following we offer you a selection of electric chain hoists, in which we already offer devices as a standard according to application.
eters at all param ase note th Ple in to be seen er! are always h one anoth wit connection
We will be only too pleased to assist you in selecting the optimum hoist for your application! Just contact us! Speak to your technical advisor or call us: +49 (0)83 31-937-112 we look forward to your call!
new!
X Safe! Protected against overload by friction coupling X Pleasant handling due to compact dimensions and low dead weight. X Long life! Dust and splash-proof (protection class IP55 / insulation
class F)
40
2011/12
360 412
240 412 0.55 217774 217784 217794 218153 218192 218209 16 50 106
240 5.215 0.75 217775 217785 217795 218154 218193 218210 16 66 135
240 5.215 0.55 217776 217786 217796 218155 218194 218211 16 66 135
240 7.221 1.1 217777 217787 217797 218156 218195 218212 16 66 135
240 7.221 1.1 217778 217788 217798 218157 218196 218216 16 66 135
240 7.221 1.7 217779 217789 217799 218158 218197 218217 8 82 155
240 927 2.2 217780 217790 217800 218159 218198 218218 8 82 155
Lifting motor (400 V 50 Hz) kW 0.175 Reference no. with 3 m stroke, 1.5 m 217773 control cable and eye suspension Reference no. with 6 m stroke, 4.5 m 217783 control cable and eye suspension Reference no. with 10 m stroke, 8.5 m 217793 control cable and eye suspension Other suspension gear (please order in addition to the chain hoist!) Reference no., hook suspension gear Reference no., manual running gear type N Reference no., electric running gear type N Driving speed, electric running gear type N Beam flange width, running gear type N m/min mm 218151 218189 218208 16 50 106
Caution! In the case of the chain hoists with the reference numbers 217800, 217801 and 217802, an additional attachment point is required in order to relieve the chain store. In the case of chain hoists with running gear, a trailing running gear is required. Please order at the same time!
2011/12
X Low-maintenance due to high motor group X Long life! Dust and splash-proof (protection class IP55 / insulation
class F)
Caution! In the case of the chain hoists with the reference numbers 218126, 218127 and 218128, an additional attachment point is required in order to relieve the chain store. In the case of chain hoists with running gear, a trailing running gear is required. Please order at the same time!
42
2011/12
X With stroke limit switches reliably prevent the load hook from
driving into the stop at the top or bottom.
X Safe! Protected against overload by friction coupling X Low-maintenance due to high motor group
Used wherever loads are to be lifted over great heights without a break or have to be moved fast. All models include chain store Contactor control 24 VDC, operating voltage 400 V AC/50 Hz With eye or hook suspension or with manual or electric running gear Further options available from standard. Please enquire: Other lifting heights (higher and lower) and higher lifting speeds Trolleys for other flange widths and other driving speeds Radio remote control
WLL Model Description Main stroke Fine stroke Number of chain legs Motor group FEM 9.511 Motor group load chain EN 818-7 Duty cycle, main Duty cycle, fine Max. permissible switchings per hour Maximum hook travel without a break in operation* Dimensions of load chain % % m mm m/min m/min kg 250 051/52 250/1-12/3 12 3 1 3m 2m 40 10 240 360 5.215 0.6/0.1 217808 217814 217820 217826 218168 218204 218227 m/min mm 5/20 50106 500 071/53 500/1-10/2.5 10 2.5 1 2m 2m 60 25 240 300 7.221 1.1/0.2 217809 217815 217821 217827 218169 218205 218228 5/20 66135 1000 091/52 1000/1-10/2.5 10 2.5 1 3m 3m 60 25 240 300 927 0.75/3.0 217810 217816 217822 217828 218171 218206 218229 5/20 82155 1600 091/56 1600/1-10/2.5 10 2.5 1 2m 2m 60 25 240 300 927 3.0/0.75 217811 217817 217823 217829 218172 218207 218230 5/20 82155 2500 111/52 2500/1-10/2.5 10 2.5 1 2m 2m 40 25 240 300 11.331 4.4/1.0 217812 217818 217824 217830 218173 3200 111/54 3200/1-8/2 8 2 1 1Bm 1Bm 25 25 150 120 11.331 4.4/1.0 217813 217819 217825 217831 218174
Lifting motor (400 V 50 Hz) kW Reference no. with 10 m stroke, 8,5 m control cable and eye suspension Reference no. with 15 m stroke, 13.5 m control cable and eye suspension Reference no. with 20 m stroke, 18.5 m control cable and eye suspension Reference no. with 25 m stroke, 23.5 m control cable and eye suspension Other suspension gear (please order in addition to the chain hoist!) Reference no., hook suspension gear Reference no., manual running gear type N Reference no., electric running gear type N Driving speed, electric running gear type N Beam flange width, running gear type N
Caution! In the case of the chain hoists with the reference numbers 217818, 217819, 217823, 217824, 217825, 217827, 217828, 217829, 217830, 217831, an additional attachment point is required in order to relieve the chain store. In the case of chain hoists with running gear, a trailing running gear is required. Please order at the same time!
* The hook travel describes the entire distance (lifting and lowering) travelled by the hook. If the maximum hook travel is used, then the chain hoist must cool down completely afterwards.
2011/12
X Selection criteria: High lifting speed, single leg, high duty cycle, high
X Long life, low wear inner workings X Extremely sturdy design X High basic standard
This chain hoist is used in applications where the equipment is subjected to extreme stresses. The entire construction is designed down to the tiniest detail for extreme loads. Whether it be for offshore, drilling rigs, tunnel construction, military, mining or other extreme applications, this chain hoists copes with just anything! Extremely wear-resistant, because: the chain driving sprocket is milled from special steel; highly precise, diagonally-toothed gears; German lifting chain specially matched to the sprocket, defined chain intake with twist protection Overload protection by means of friction coupling or power-off Motor group 2 m also for high working load limits therefore low maintenance; high duty cycle therefore frequent loading possible Defined sealing of the equipment with o-rings (is also sealed 100% again after service) Extra-sturdy, ventilated brake motor with thermal monitoring (switches off before overheating) Extra-sturdy steel housing, dust and splash-proof protection class IP55 / insulation class F All models include chain store Contactor control 42 V DC. Greater safety in damp environments or in the case of heavy demand on the pendant control panel Fast lifting and positioning to the exact millimetre due to 2 lifting speeds With stroke limit switches reliably prevent the load hook from driving into the stop at the top or bottom. Operating voltage 400 V AC/50 Hz
WLL Description Main stroke Fine stroke Number of chain legs Motor group FEM 9.511 Duty cycle, main Duty cycle, fine Dimensions of load chain % % mm m/min m/min kg 2500 AK825 8 2 1 2m 40 25 11.331 5000 AK850 4 1 2 2m 40 25 11.331 4.0/1.1 218376 218383 218390 218400 218402 218409 16/4 74192 10000 AK910 2.8 0.7 2 2m 40 40 1645 5.5/1.4 218377 218384 218391 15000 AK915 1.8 0.45 3 2m 40 40 1645 5.5/1.4 218378 218385 218392 20000 AK920 1.35 0.35 4 2m 40 40 1645 5.5/1.4 218379 218386 218393 25000 AK925 1.1 0.27 5 2m 40 40 1645 5.5/1.4 218380 218387 218394 30000 AK930 1 0.2 6 2m 40 40 1645 5.5/1.4 218381 218388 218395
Lifting motor (400 V 50 Hz) kW 4.0/1.1 Reference no. with 3 m stroke, 1.5 m 218375 control cable and eye suspension Reference no. with 6 m stroke, 4.5 m 218382 control cable and eye suspension Reference no. with 10 m stroke, 8.5 m 218389 control cable and eye suspension Other suspension gear (please order in addition to the chain hoist!) Reference no., hook suspension gear Reference no., reel running gear Reference no., electric running gear Driving speed, electric running gear type N, slow/fast Beam flange width, running gear m/min mm 218399 218401 218408 16/4 74196
44
2011/12
WLL Model Description Main stroke Number of chain legs Motor group FEM 9.511 Motor group load chain EN 818-7 Duty cycle, main Max. permissible switchings per hour Dimensions of load chain Lifting motor (230 V 50 Hz) Reference no. with 3 m stroke, 1.5 m control cable and hook suspension Reference no. with 6 m stroke, 4.5 m control cable and hook suspension Reference no. with 10 m stroke, 8.5 m control cable and hook suspension
kg
500 020/01 500/2-4 4 2 2m 1Bm 40 240 412 0.25 218130 218134 218138
1000 050/02 1000/2-4 4 2 1Am 1Bm 40 240 5.215 0.55 218131 218135 218139
2000 070/01 2000/2-3 3 2 1Am 1Bm 40 240 7.221 1.1 218132 218136 218140
m/min
8 1 2m 1Bm
% mm kW
Further options available from standard. Please enquire: Other lifting heights (higher and lower) and other lifting speeds Electric or manual running gear
PFEIFER is your specialist for electric chain hoists far beyond the catalogue!
X Are you looking for an electric chain hoist for a special application? X Do you have special requirements and wishes?
We know what it depends on and will select the correct equipment for you!
3 3 3 3
We will be only too pleased to determine the correct chain hoist for you, even far beyond the offer in our catalogue! We offer you the correct chain hoist neutrally, objectively and independent of the manufacturer! Our technical advisors will be only too pleased to visit you and discuss your application! either on-site or at one of our service centres!
X Do you need neutral advice and selection of a suitable chain hoist? X Do you need an on-site consultation?
X Our inspection service takes care of the annual inspection as well as the servicing of your equipment,
Our claim: We advise you on your individual application professionally and objectively! We offer the correct electric chain hoist including service for every customer and every application!
Handymaster
For crane-assisted working This chain hoist facilitates working wherever loads need to be lifted and guided precisely without problems. Load hooks and pendant control panel thereby form an ergonomically shaped, fixed unit. Suitable for any kind of workplace where moderate to heavy loads need to be moved frequently. e.g. assembly, dispatch and logistics etc. The load can be lifted and guided with just one hand! Lower hook lockable, facilitates work in the case of constantly repeated operational sequences No separate, bothersome pendant control panel Available with hook suspension, eye, roller running gear or electric running gear
In order to prevent this, PFEIFER offers a wide range of explosion-proof chain hoists complying with the latest ATEX In aggressive environments, where a standard, including all necessary galvanised lifting chain corrodes fast, approvals and documents. In addition, the stainless steel chain extends the a suitable main switch and installation service life enormously. cable can be delivered together with the chain hoist. We offer the following safety classes:
Gas-Ex: ATEX II2G Eex cde IIB T4, zone 1 ATEX II2G Eex cde IIC T4, zone 1 ATEX II3G Eex nA II T3, zone 2 Dust-Ex: ATEX II2D Eex cde IIB T4 IP65, zone 21 ATEX II3D IP55, 135, zone 22
46
2011/12
X Fast working high lifting speed shortens the idle stroke time, espeX Safe and insensitive since no electricity present. Also no problem to use outdoors X Proven in many applications! X E. g. chemical and pharmaceutical industry (explosion-proof version), automotive industry, shipbuilding,
paint shops, refineries, foundries, paper and food industry no doubt in your application too!
Pneumatic hoists have a duty cycle of 100%. That means that these devices can be used without any breaks in operation at all. Furthermore, they offer the advantage of a relatively low dead weight, in particular for high working load limits. The lifting speed is also high, especially in the unloaded condition. Robust cast steel housing Supplied with chain store Standard lifting height 3 m, rope control (2.5 m), suspension hook
WLL Number of chain legs Lifting speed Full load/no load Air consumption Air connection Weight with 3 m stroke A B C D G H K L S T Reference no. m/min l/sec. Inch kg mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 250 1 9.3 19 11.7 3/8 7.3 230 110 120 95 240 305 29 15 35 60 156054 500 2 4.5 9.5 11.7 3/8 10.6 230 110 120 95 240 365 29 15 35 60 156055 1000 2 5.3 10.3 25 1/2 34 321 156 165 180 177 469 34 29 47 133 156056 2000 2 3 5.7 25 1/2 40 321 156 165 194 203 503 32 37 50 144 156057 3000 1 2.8 5.7 33 1/2 69 430 202 228 245 249 563 41 45 47 168 156058 6000 2 1.4 2.9 33 1/2 90 430 202 228 275 275 673 50 49 63 212 156059
We will be only too pleased to advise you on the right hoist for your application our range extends far beyond this page! Please contact us! Phone +49 (0) 8331-937-112 Further options, please enquire: Pushbutton control Design with pneumatic crab Explosion-proof design in accordance with the latest ATEX standard Water separator and oiler
2011/12
folding side frames height adjustable simplified assembly only plugged, not screwed connections for lifting in inaccessible places including lockable trolley including integrated horizontal adjuster
kg mm mm mm kg 1000 4000 1000 4000 1000 4000 2000 4000 3000 4000
Working load limit 2,000 and 3,000 kg: Design with double beam
13602360 17503000 23254025 27094409 26453795 17352735 21253375 27004400 27844484 27203870 95 201022 105 201023 166 201024 237 201025 267 201026
Aluminium tripod
X X X X
WLL Suspension point Weight Reference no.
telescopic feet foldable Overall length (e. g. in transport state) 2,000 mm non-slip rubber metal applications on the underside of the adjustable feet, to guarantee stability
kg mm kg 1000 17223113 54 201034
48
2011/12
Swivelling crane
Swivelling range 270 or 180 in column or wall-mounted version Steel construction according to EN regulations and EU machinery directive for light industrial use
Electrical connection: Lockable main connection switch, round electricity supply cable, with cable support eye for outreaches up to 3,000 mm and round trailing cable for outreaches from 4,000 mm onward Documentation: Crane documents with certified preliminary and construction testing, complete labelling according to UVV (German accident prevention regulations), illustrated installation instructions Electric chain hoist (main and fine stroke) with manual sliding running gear. Operating and control voltage: 400 V/50 Hz, with emergency stop button
Column swivelling crane, swivelling range 270 WLL Outreach (A) Lower edge of crane boom (UK) Overall height (B) Height of hoist (C) Crane with electric chain hoist and manual running gear Main stroke + fine stroke Accessories Anchor bolts with foundation template (Foundation depth 1,000 mm) SHEAR CONNECTOR system (alternative) Direct mounting on concrete floor Minimum thickness 200 mm Reference no. foundation / mm Reference no. plate / mm 201494 1000 201490 680 201494 1200 201490 680 kg mm mm mm mm Reference no. m/min 125 3000 2500 3290 415 201437 8+2 125 4000 2500 3290 415 201438 8+2
Choice of two mounting systems: Anchor bolts and foundation template Foundation depth at least 1,000 mm
SHEAR CONNECTOR system For direct mounting on reinforced or unreinforced concrete floors. Concrete quality B25, Thickness at least 200 mm Package including shear connectors and bolts
125 5000 2500 3290 415 201439 8+2 201494 1400 201490 680
250 3000 2500 3290 470 201440 4+1 201494 1200 201490 680
250 4000 2500 3290 470 201441 4+1 201494 1300 201493 850
250 5000 2500 3290 470 201442 4+1 201494 1400 201493 850
500 3000 2500 3290 520 201443 4+1 201494 1400 201493 850
500 4000 2500 3290 520 201444 4+1 201495 1600 201491 1050
500 5000 2500 3290 520 201445 4+1 201495 1800 201492 1200
Wall-mounted swivelling crane, swivelling range 180 WLL Outreach (A) Overall height (B) Height of hoist (C) Horizontal force H max. Vertical force V max. Crane with electric chain hoist and manual running gear Main stroke + fine stroke kg mm mm mm daN daN Reference no. m/min 125 3000 940
415 874 251 201446
8+2
8+2
8+2
4+1
4+1
4+1
4+1
4+1
4+1
2011/12
Design: Working load limit up to 500 kg Outreach up to 5000 mm Basic electrical connection with electricity supply to the hoist Boom with plain bearing Swivelling resistance infinitely adjustable Trolley driving buffer Quality corrosion protection by means of mechanical steel shot rust removal Primer yellow-green, RAL 6018
Rope hoists
X Robust multi-purpose device for pulling, lifting, lowering, tensioning
and securing
X X X X X X X
For unlimited rope lengths Jerk-free working to the exact millimetre Use in every position, in every direction Simple, easy and safe handling Very high work safety Virtually maintenance-free Long service life
Additional accessories for rope tensioning on enquiry: wedge clamps, rope tensioning clamps, screw clamps, pulley blocks, shackles, ground anchors, rope slings
e easy
50
2011/12
Rope pulleys
Transport and lifting devices
51
2011/12
T A
B
permissible tensile force kN 40 60 100 Max. winch tensile force kN 20 30 50 max. rope mm 12 12 14 Dimensions in mm A 397 458 553 B 59 71 84 C 190 220 256 D 20 25 30 G 32 39 48 R 160 190 222 T 255 305 375 Weight kg/pc. 6.2 9.5 15.3
B D
T R
C
permissible tensile force kN 10 20 160 240 Max. winch tensile force kN 5 10 80 120 max. rope mm 10 14 16 20 Dimensions in mm A 173 222 323 390 B 58 72 113 134 C 96 134 190 240 D 21.5 28.0 55.0 61,0 E 18 20 58 68 R 95 128 188 236 T 100 130 188 220 Weight kg/pc. 1.8 3.7 10.5 19
B D
new!
E T R A
C
permissible tensile force kN 100 150 170 Max. winch tensile force kN 50 75 85 max. rope mm 14 16 22 Dimensions in mm A 270 343 343 B 72 86 86 C 164 210 210 D 31 38 38 E 36 42 42 R 158 198 198 T 150 190 190 Weight kg/pc. 2.4 3.9 5,1
new!
You need a mobile rope winch... that is as light and easy to use as possible? that can cope with large heights without becoming heavy and unwieldy because of a rope drum? that is suitable and approved for transporting not just material, but persons as well? that can be used in all directions with great adaptability? that is still stable and robust after years and does its job? ...then the dual lift continuous winch will satisfy you! Transport of persons
Model P508 CE9 P508 CE18 P809 CE9 P809 CE18 P1010 CE9 P1010 CE18 WLL kg 600 600 800 800 1000 1000 Rope diameter, guided load mm 8.4 8.4 9.0 9.0 10.2 10.2 Rope diameter, unguided load mm 8 8 9 9 10 10 Rope speed m/min 9 18 9 18 9 18 Power kW 1.5 3 1.5 3 1.8 3.6 Three-phase V 400 400 400 400 400 400 Dead weight kg 53 53 53 53 53 54 Reference no. 233702 233703 233704 238521 233705 233706
Transport of material
Model M508 CE9 M508 CE18 M808 CE9 M809 CE18 M1009 CE9 M1009 CE18 WLL kg 600 600 800 800 980 980 Rope diameter. guided load mm 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 9.0 9.0 Rope diameter. unguided load mm 8 8 8 8 9 9 Rope speed m/min 9 18 9 18 9 18 Power kW 1.5 3 1.5 3 1.8 3.6 Three-phase V 400 400 400 400 400 400 Dead weight kg 53 54 54 54 53 53 Reference no. 233692 233697 233698 233699 233700 235496
52
2011/12
PFEIFER is an authorised service company for the inspection of dual lift wire rope traction hoists
made eas
Rope handling
Reel Winding Device Winder Willi
Careful rope handling and protection from mechanical damage Further information on how to handle your ropes expertly with the winder willi can be found on page 236.
new!
OSL
ISL
2011/12
54
2011/12
PFEIFER is an authorised service company for the inspection of wire rope traction hoists.
Type Tensile load in the 1st rope position Tensile load in the uppermost rope position Wire rope diameter Total rope uptake Gear assistance Weight without rope Reference no. Description Reference no. Description Reference no. Description Reference no. kg daN daN mm m
SSW 900/1 Automatic unroll function 900 330 7 25 8.75:1 7.5 136442 Rope, 20 m, with hook 148439 Belt fastener 188349 Belt, 5.5 m, with triangular hook 181051
SSW 900/2 900 330 7 25 8.75:1 7.5 136443 Rope, 20 m, with hook 148439 Belt fastener 188349 Belt, 5.5 m, with triangular hook 181051
e easy
56
2011/12
Transport and loading of goods, conveying of materials and persons, shifting from left to right, from top to bottom, diagonally and crosswise in each case. Convincing, large performance range as regards load bearing capacity, lifting height and speed. Functional design, sturdy and purposeful at
the same time. PFeiFer offers the correct rope winch for every application with a wide range of customisable options such as various connection options (230 V, 400 V) and special equipment such as drum free-wheeling, slack rope switch, remote control, explosion protection or transport of persons.
and rmance um perfo beatable Maxim un y at an flexibilit rmance ratio rfo price-pe
WLL Model rope speed Motor group engine power rating rope diameter rope uptake First position in m
kg
125 Mini
250 Mini 2.5 1 Bm 0.25 4 7 46.7 185 170 12 389 422 241 180 64
250 Mini 5.1 1 Bm 0.37 4 7 46.7 185 170 12 389 422 241 180 64
m/min
5.1 1 Bm
kW mm
0.25 4 7 46.7
rope uptake highest position in m Dimension A Dimension B Dimension C (hole diameter) Dimension F Dimension G Dimension H Dimension L mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
57
2011/12
X X X X X
Top handling coated, ergonomically shaped handle Sturdy and durable relubrication possible Extremely durable powder coating High-quality hydraulics Quicklifter version with high-speed stroke up to 200 kg
These fork pallet trucks are characterised by outstanding workmanship, robustness and longevity. Many details provide for more pleasant working. The axles, which can be relubricated via grease nipples, ensure low-noise running as well as the constantly safe lowering of the fork, also in the unloaded condition.
new!
WLL Version Fork length Fork width Distance between outer edges of forks Ground clearance Lifting height Steering rollers Steering roller material Fork rollers Fork roller material Weight Reference no. Pack of six Set reference no.
kg mm mm mm mm mm mm
2000 quicklifter 1150 160 220 85 115 20050 Rubber Tandem PU 86 226366 226368
kg
83 226365 226367
Many details make the HIT pallet truck a quality pallet truck!
Strengthened shaft mounted by means Relubrication of the axle and steering Rollers with high-quality, protected is possible. bearings for optimum running of bolts! For even higher safety! No squeaking! Always lowers easily, properties. even without a load!
X Extra foot valve for fast lowering of loads X Shaft with extra reinforcement for the thrust (not stainless steel version)
X X X X X X
Additional rollers under the fork tips for easier driving in and out High performance hydraulic pump made of high-tensile steel Extra relief valve Pressure piston, hard, chrome-plated Powder-coated blue (not stainless steel version) Stainless steel version for use in refrigerated warehouses, laboratories, food industry and wet operations
WLL Version Fork length A Distance between outer edges of forks Fork width C Ground clearance G Lifting height H Max. steering angle Tyres Fork rollers Weight Reference no.
kg
1500
59
2011/12
X X X X X X X X X X
WLL
Stable industrial design Shaft with extra reinforcement for the thrust Shaft grip with 3 functions Regulated lowering by means of hand grip Extra foot valve for practical manoeuvring High performance hydraulic pump made of high-tensile steel Extra pressure relief valve, therefore long service life Loadable hard rubber tandem rollers Pressure piston, hard, chrome-plated High-quality powder coating
kg mm mm mm mm mm mm Volt kg 2000 150 85 1150 550 180 74 230 or 9 130 200245
Lifting height Min. fork height Fork length Fork carrying width Jockey roller Fork rollers Power supply Weight Reference no.
Used in-plant for the loading and unloading of lorries for the determination of load weights. For filling procedures or for determining the number of items. High-quality weigher with top display! 5-digit display, accuracy 0.05% of full scale reading Measurement range 1 2,000 kg, division 1 kg, tare function High-quality foil keyboard, easy to clean and sealed Printer connection (ASCII RS232 interface, 9600 Baud) 9 V battery operation
60
2011/12
X Long service life due to chrome-plated piston rod X Maintenance-free X Steering and fork rollers made of polyurethane
Movable only with lowered load
WLL Lifting height H Fork lowered G Distance between outer edges of fork Fork length A Fork width Z Overall length L Shaft height D Stroke per lever movement with full load Stroke per lever movement, fast lifting speed Weight Reference no. kg mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 1000 800 85 540 1150 160 1505 1235 15 25 104 155710
Solid, stable industrial quality Parking brakes on both steering rollers Hand grip steering, infinitely adjustable height Polyurethane rollers for easy, quiet running High-quality powder coating High-quality hydraulic pump made of high-strength steel Pressure relief valve, therefore long service life
kg mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 150 740 225 740 x 450 x 35 825 780 20 100 46 200265 500 900 340 855 x 500 x 50 970 925 20 127 87 200266
2011/12
X X X X
Transport rollers
X For all in-plant transport of heavy machines and devices X Carrying out transport without the use of machines and independently of crane installations
X Protects floor coverings due to wide rollers contact surfaces X Rollers made from a choice of nylon, steel or composite material
(plastic-coated steel roller)
X Long service life with lowest maintenance costs due to stable construction, high-quality special steel, rollers with ball bearings and simple mechanism
After lifting the load by crane or hydraulic jack, the steering roller and two load rollers are driven in under the load-bearing elements. It is important to ensure an even weight distribution. Please note: The working load limit data for the complete sets apply in the case of optimum load distribution, i. e. taking into account of the permissible nominal loads of the individual rollers. * The individual working load limits of the single chassis may not be exceeded!
Steering roller
WLL Height Load surface Rollers Roller type Roller dimensions Weight Reference no. mm kg kg mm mm Piece 4000 115 200200 4 Nylon rollers 8590 15 114211
Load roller
WLL Height Load surface Rollers Roller type Roller dimensions Weight Reference no. mm kg kg mm mm Piece 4000 105 170220 4 Nylon rollers 8590 8.5 114218
For all clean and smooth floor coverings, free of metal chips, pebbles or the like.
Steering roller
WLL Height Load surface Rollers Roller type Roller dimensions Weight Reference no. mm kg kg mm mm Piece 4000 115 200200 4 Nylon rollers 8590 15 114211
Load roller
WLL Height Load surface Rollers Roller type Roller dimensions Weight Reference no. mm kg kg mm mm Piece 6000 105 230260 6 Nylon rollers 8590 14 114219
For all clean and smooth floor coverings, free of metal chips, pebbles or the like.
62
2011/12
Steering roller
WLL Height Load surface Rollers Roller type Roller dimensions Weight Reference no. mm kg kg mm mm Piece 6000 125 300400 8 Nylon rollers 8168 50 114216
Load roller
WLL Height Load surface Rollers Roller type Roller dimensions Weight Reference no. mm kg kg mm mm Piece 6000 105 230260 6 Nylon rollers 8590 14 114219
For all clean and smooth floor coverings, free of metal chips, pebbles or the like.
Steering roller
WLL Height Load surface Rollers Roller type Roller dimensions Weight Reference no. mm kg kg mm mm Piece 4000 115 200200 4 Composite rollers 8590 17.5 114212
Load roller
WLL Height Load surface Rollers Roller type Roller dimensions Weight Reference no. mm kg kg mm mm Piece 8000 105 170220 4 Composite rollers 8590 11.5 114220
Steering roller
WLL Height Load surface Rollers Roller type Roller dimensions Weight Reference no. mm kg kg mm mm Piece 12000 125 300400 8 Steel rollers 8068 63 114221
Load roller
WLL Height Load surface Rollers Roller type Roller dimensions Weight Reference no. mm kg kg mm mm Piece 12000 105 230260 6 Steel rollers 8590 24 114225
Especially for raw concrete floors. Not suitable for sensitive floor coverings.
2011/12
Steering roller
WLL Height Load surface Rollers Roller type Roller dimensions Weight Reference no. mm kg kg mm mm Piece 12000 125 300400 8 Composite rollers 8068 52 114222
Load roller
WLL Height Load surface Rollers Roller type Roller dimensions Weight Reference no. mm kg kg mm mm Piece 12000 105 230260 6 Composite rollers 8590 17.7 114226
64
2011/12
Roller mm 18 24 30
X Robust! grip and load bearing part made of forged steel X Quality made in Germany!
Ideally suited for creating the necessary floor clearance in order to push a jack or roller chassis underneath. With rubber rollers made of highly resistant armoured rubber for low-noise, safe operation without slipping.
WLL Lever length Weight Reference no. with iron rollers Reference no. with rubber rollers kg mm kg 3000 1600 14 155711 155712
2011/12
X Made in Germany!
Universal, free-moving lifting device for the simple raising of loads. Depending upon conditions, the foot claw or the head can be applied. The shape of these two points reliably prevents the load from slipping. The self-locking crank holds the load securely in any position! The crank handle is foldable. All devices are available with safety crank or ratchet crank! Version with adjustable lifting claw also available. The claw can be attached at 10 different heights.
new!
new!
new!
66
2011/12
Hydraulic jacks
X Long service life due to extremely robust construction and high
service-friendliness
force
2011/12
X Minimal costs spread over the service life X Safe and simple with relief valve protects against overload X Simply to use! Head and foot claw have the same, specified lifting
X The right jack for every application: Whether for a long stroke or
cramped conditions the range extends from standard to mini!
X Safe, stable footing due to large baseplate X Finely controlled lowering X Designed and constructed for use by professionals. High-quality
branded goods.
Bottle jacks of this type can be found in almost every workshop. Whether as a classic vehicle jack for raising machines or for alignment work.
Standard jacks
Lifting load Lifting height Overall height, retracted Overall height, extended Length of the bolts Number of pumping movements for 25 mm stroke Support surface diameter Baseplate diameter Pumping lever length Weight Reference no. t mm mm mm mm 3 114 191 365 60 10 mm mm mm kg 29 11472 489 2.6 181008 5 121 200 391 70 12 35 13276 545 3.6 181009 8 121 200 391 70 18 38 15292 605 5.5 181010 12 149 241 470 79 26 48 165106 605 7.9 181011 15 156 230 495 110 27 60 130140 700 8.3 181012 20 159 270 469 40 22 51 183129 800 12.9 181013
Other overall and lifting heights as well as larger working load limits up to 110 tonnes on enquiry!
10 30 121 151 36 42 110 440 28.1 5.5 181003 20 30 131 160 46 53 120 605 35 8 181004
68
2011/12
Other overall and lifting heights as well as larger working load limits up to 110 tonnes on enquiry!
Hydraulic cylinders
Transport and lifting devices
Oil requirement cm 18 52.4 78.7 150.8 224.5 370.4 444.2 50.8 168.8 337.6 527.8 1130.9 2397.9 1596.4 2245.4 Weight kg 1.0 1.5 2.3 3.0 4.3 5.9 6.6 3.4 6.3 8.0 9.8 23.1 35.3 33.3 41.2 recommended hand pump P55 P55 P19 P59 P59 P59 P159 P55 P59 P59 P159 P159 P460 P460 P460 Reference no. 156006 156007 156008 156009 156010 156011 156012 156013 156014 156015 156016 156017 156018 156019 156020
General-purpose cylinder
Series C single-action with spring return
X Low wear, even when loads are off-centre, due to special small end
bearing
X Fast retraction and long service life span due to optimised return
spring
X Extremely robust cylinder without welding seam X Hard chrome-plated piston rod is resistant to wear and corrosion X Up to 55 tonnes as a standard with floor mounting holes for simple
installation! Beyond that on enquiry.
X Supplied as a standard with a coupling half with 3/8" NPT thread X Replaceable plunger
These cylinders are suitable for all applications where high force is essential. With the external thread they are outstandingly suited for installation in presses of all kinds. These cylinders also provide top performance for lifting or straightening work. On account of their long piston guide and the special small end bearing, these cylinders cope outstandingly well with lateral loads. Thus wear is kept low when loads are off-centre.
WLL t 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 15 25 25 25 55 55 75 100 Stroke mm 25.4 82.6 54.0 104.8 155.6 257.2 308.0 25.4 50.8 101.6 158.8 158.8 336.6 155.6 168.3 Type C51C C53C C102C C104C C106C C1010C C1012C C151C C252C C254C C256C C556C C5513C C756C C1006C Overall height mm 110.3 165.1 120.7 171.5 247.7 349.3 400.1 123.8 165.1 215.9 273.1 282.6 460.4 314.3 336.6
Optional Manometer
Connection of hand pump system. A T-piece is required for the pumps P12, Outer thread.- P19, P23, P59 and P59F. coupling All other pumps have a manometer 9798 connection.
Optional Manometer
T-part 9670
T-part 9670
69
2011/12
X X X X
With external thread for the simple installation of the cylinder Guide tube protected against corrosion by special surface treatment Cylinder with aluminium housing for weight reduction, type RHA306 Supplied as a standard with a coupling half with 3/8" NPT thread
Thanks to the large central bore, these cylinders are outstandingly suited for all pulling or tensioning applications. Possible cases of application are the tensioning of ropes or cables, the pressing in and out of bearings, bolts or shafts, the pulling of pipes or heavy objects and much more.
WLL t 10 10 12 12 20 20 20 30 30 30 50 60 60 100
Stroke mm 63.5 203.5 41.3 76.2 50.8 76.2 152.4 63.5 149.2 152.4 76.2 76.2 152.4 76.2
Type RH102 RH108 RH121 RH123 RH202 RH203 RH206 RH302 RHA306 * RH306 RH503 RH603 ** RH606 ** RH1003 **
Overall height mm 134.9 287.3 122.2 184.2 155.6 154.0 308.0 158.8 283.4 247.7 181.0 235.0 311.2 254.0
central hole mm 19.4 19.4 20.2 20.6 27.4 26.6 27.4 32.9 32.5 32.5 42.5 54.0 54.0 79.4
Oil requirement cm 90.5 290 73.6 136 155 192.9 465 260 624.9 624.9 534.3 606.8 1211.3 1013.5
Weight kg 4.1 8.5 3.0 4.0 9.1 7.3 13.7 11.6 9.9 17.7 21.2 27.2 35.4 52.2
External thread
recommended hand pump P19 P59 P19 P59 P59 P59 P159 P59 P159 P159 P159 P159 P159 P159
Reference no. 201744 201745 201746 201747 201748 201749 201750 201751 201752 201753 201754 201755 201756 201757
2 3/4-16 2 3/4-16 3 7/8-12
3 7/8-12 4 3/4-12
* Aluminium lightweight cylinder; ** with carrying handle Larger lifting heights and working load limits on enquiry!
70
2011/12
X Low wear thanks to special surface treatment particularly resistant X Long service life! Curved piston rod up to 30 tonnes and movable
plunger prevent off-centre stress.
X Fast retraction due to optimised return spring X Extremely robust cylinder without welding seam X Optimal handling, upwardly-angled coupling creates additional clearance (not RLS50)
X Hard chrome-plated piston rod is resistant to wear and corrosion X Supplied as a standard with a coupling half with 3/8" NPT thread X Replaceable plunger
Flat cylinders are suitable wherever there is little space. This series is used for straightening work, for lifting, tensioning and in compact press installations. Its small dimensions also allow use with small sections or frames.
WLL t 5 10 20 30 50 Stroke mm 14.3 11.1 11.1 12.7 15.9 Type RLS50 RLS100 RLS200 RLS300 RLS500S Overall height mm 41.3 44.5 50.8 58.7 66.7 Oil requirement cm 10.2 16.4 32.8 52.5 98.4 Weight kg 1.0 1.5 2.5 3.9 6.3 recommended hand pump P55 P55 P55 P19 P19 Reference no. 156022 156023 156024 156025 156026
X X X X
Fast retraction due to optimised return spring Extremely robust cylinder without welding seam Supplied as a standard with a coupling half with 3/8" NPT thread Replaceable plunger
Exactly like flat cylinders, short-stroke cylinders are suitable for use in cramped spaces. These devices are used where the standard cylinder is too large and the flat cylinder has too little lift.
WLL t 10 20 30 50 100 Stroke mm 38.1 44.5 61.9 60.3 57.2 Type RSS101 RSS202 RSS302 RSS502 RSS1002 Overall height mm 88.9 95.3 117.5 127.0 139.7 Oil requirement cm 55.8 126.3 259.1 373.7 724.9 Weight kg 2.7 4.5 6.7 10.5 21.4 recommended hand pump P19 P19 P19 P59 P159 Reference no. 156027 156028 156029 156030 156031
2011/12
Hydraulic pumps
Standard hand and foot pumps
For single-action cylinders
In this selection you will find the appropriate pump for each cylinder in our assortment. When selecting, please note: The oil volume of the pump must in general be larger than that of the cylinder. Single-stage pumps (P55) have only one pressure stage. Advantage: inexpensive price, disadvantage: with a light load or idle stroke the cylinder extends only slowly, since the quantity of oil is small for each pumping movement. Two-stage pumps have a low pressure and a high pressure stage. Advantage: in the low pressure stage the quantity of oil for each pumping movement is larger. Hence, the cylinder extends faster in the case of lighter loads or idle stroke. That saves time.
Type P55 P19 P59 P59F P159 P460 Pressure stages 1 2 2 2 2 2 Vol./stroke stage 1 cm 2.6 5 10.9 9 42.6 120.5 Vol./stroke stage 2 cm Lever force kg 66 45 66 55 64 41 Oil volume cm 902 400 902 902 2491 9500 Usable oil quantity cm 738 328 738 738 2245 7539 Connection Inch 3/8-NPT 3/8-NPT 3/8-NPT 3/8-NPT 3/8-NPT 3/8-NPT Weight kg 7.2 3.0 7.8 6.4 11.9 24.9 Reference no. 155975 155976 155977 218312 155978 155979
Pressure stages 2 2
Lever force kg 37 44
Pressure stages 1 2 2
Additional pneumatic and electric pumps on enquiry! Pumps with battery/rechargeable battery drive on enquiry!
72
2011/12
Hydraulic accessories
Transport and lifting devices
73
2011/12
Other hose materials, e. g. rubber tubes or non-conductive tubes on enquiry! Tubes with a larger diameter for faster oil return or faster lowering on enquiry!
Coupling halves including dust cap for high pressure hydraulics 700 bar
Type 9798 Reference no. 156005
For the precise measurement of the load weight or the determination of the pressure in the system. Enables, for example, tension or pressure with defined force. The manometer is usually attached directly behind the pump. Only an additional adaptor piece is necessary. The manometer can also be attached directly in front of the cylinder using the same adaptor.
Type 9040E 9052E Manometer size mm 63.5 100.0 Measuring range bar 0 690 0 690 Scale main division bar 100 100 Scale subdivision bar 20 10 Reference no. 160984 218319
Whether for sheet metal, girders, rails or other structural steel elements ... Whether for 0.3 t or 100 t ... Whether for horizontal or vertical transport ... ... this is where you will find the correct clamp or grab. PFEIFER-RENFROE lifting clamps are designed according to American safety standards and therefore last demonstrably longer, meaning that they are cost effective and safe, especially for tough operating conditions. 40 years of sales success on four continents for PFEIFER-RENFROE lifting clamps are its proof. PFEIFER-RENFROE, the safest way of lifting steel! 74
2011/12
PFEIFER-RENFROE advantages
Very long service life due to use of
quenched fine-grained structural steels
mp is fting cla Every li ured at the t manufac eadquarters IFER h ingen PFE m in Mem
PFEIFER-RENFROE lifting clamps are an economic choice, because low-priced can get expensive!
European competitors costs European competitors
new!
Almost all lifting clamp bodies are powder-coated for better corrosion prevention and even more durable lifting clamps
2011/12
Economically priced spare part kits Few instances of downtime 3 years warranty*, without
Right!
Wrong!
Attachment possibilities
Single-leg lifting chain with connecting link
L1
In general
For horizontal lifting clamps (H, M, WHS) the indicated working load limit is valid for an inclination angle of 30. Inclination angles with more than 30 increase the working load, which means a reduced working load limit of the lifting clamps. At 45 the working load limit of the lifting clamp is reduced to 70 % of the rated capacity whereas at 60 it is only 50 %. Please mind!
Please ensure that the working load of the lifting clamp is in accordance with the rope or chain sling. The combined working load of a lifting clamp attached to a sling decreases depending on the angle of inclination.
76
2011/12
For very hard loads, e.g. Hardox 400, we offer extra hard gripping elements. In order to avoid contact corrosion, you can also choose stainless steel gripping elements.
Hardness up to 300 HB (32 HRC) 450 HB (45 HRC) 300 HB (32 HRC)
Identification No. 1 2 3 4 5 6
Spare part kit Gripping elements Pin set Lock assembly Lifting shackle Lock spring Gripping element extra hard Gripping element stainless steel
Colour code 1 2 3 4 5 1
MPS - 2
MPS-2 Identification No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 Clamp type MPC - 1 MPC - 1 MPC - 1 MPC - 1 MPC - 1 MPC - 1 Colour code 1 2 3 4 5 1
Spare part kit Gripping elements Pin set Lock assembly Lifting shackle Lock spring Gripping element extra hard Gripping element stainless steel Gripping element stainless steel
7 8
MPC - 1 MPC - 1
1 1
MPC-1
Spare part lists and explosion drawings of all clamp models are available on our website: www.pfeifer.de
2011/12
US S a
y Stand fet
For vertical lifting and 180 turning of sheets, steel plates, girders and structural steel elements. With lock closed and lock open feature enabling the clamp to firmly grip the load even under unintentional release. In lock open position the clamp can be advanced to the load, attached and locked. Once the load has been set down and secured, the clamp locked in the open position can be lifted off by the crane. The MPS model series replace the former models G1, G3 and BDS with extended operating features. Also available for super-hard loads up to 450 HB and with stainless steel gripping elements (see Page 77).
SWL kg 1000 1000 2000 2000 3000 3000 5000 5000 Gripping range A mm 025 2550 030 3060 535 3570 550 50100 Dimensions in mm B 65 65 80 80 105 105 115 115 D 290 290 370 370 490 490 515 515 E 60 60 70 70 90 90 90 90 F 125 150 165 195 195 230 240 290 G 65 65 72 72 86 86 95 95 H 45 45 55 55 65 65 85 85 J 12 12 15 15 20 20 20 20 Weight approx. kg 4.5 4.2 7.5 8.0 13.3 12.5 18.0 19.0 Reference no. 166796 166798 167564 167567 161505 161504 168284 168287
to the come up A clamps of the US E lifting RENFRO t requirements bility. stringen ing product lia concern t a three-year We gran period! warranty
For the main use of the MPS model series please see the attached drawing and the chart on page 87.
d ar
78
2011/12
US S a
y Stand fet
For vertical lifting and 180 turning of, and lateral attachment to sheets, steel plates, girders and structural steel elements. With lock closed and lock open feature enabling the clamp to firmly grip the load even under unintentional release. In lock open position the clamp can be advanced to the load, attached and locked. Once the load has been set down and secured, the clamp locked in the open position can be lifted off by the crane. The MPC series replaces the following clamp models: CS and CA 2 with extended operating features. Also available for super-hard loads up to 450 HB and with stainless steel gripping elements (see Page 77).
SWL kg 1000 1000 2000 2000 3000 3000 5000 5000 Gripping range A mm 025 2550 030 3060 535 3570 550 50100 Dimensions in mm B 65 65 80 80 105 105 115 115 D 290 290 370 370 490 490 515 515 E 60 60 70 70 90 90 90 90 F 125 150 165 195 195 230 240 290 G 65 65 72 72 86 86 95 95 H 45 45 55 55 65 65 85 85 J 12 12 15 15 20 20 20 20 Weight approx. kg 5.0 4.8 8.4 8.0 12.0 13.9 22.6 19.0 Reference no. 166800 166802 167572 167575 161512 161510 168288 168289
to the come up A clamps of the US E lifting RENFRO t requirements bility. stringen ing product lia ar ern -ye conc t a three We gran period! warranty
For main use of the MPC model series please see the attached drawing and the chart on page 87.
2011/12
Gripping range A mm
d ar
US S a
y Stand fet
Extremely sturdy and capable for lifts up to 100 tonnes. Suitable for the vertical lifting and 90 turning of sheets, steel plates, girders and structural steel elements. The lifting clamp incorporates the look open and lock closed feature. After relieving and securing the load, the clamp can be lifted off with a crane. Can be released remote-controlled through a tag-line. The model is equipped with rollers from 10 tonnes lifting capacity and above. This is to assist in moving the clamp on the ground. For wider loads we recommend the use of clamps in pairs attached to a double-leg sling or to a spreader beam.
to the come up A clamps of the US E lifting RENFRO t requirements bility. stringen ing product lia concern t a three-year We gran period! warranty
d ar
J E D C B G H A F
Weight approx. kg 14.0 14.3 15.0 16.0 18.3 19.0 21.0 24.0 27.0 32.0 33.0 35.0 37.0 35.3 63.0 65.0 68.0 73.0 120.0 133.0 147.0 159.0 214.0 613.0 Reference no. 121381 121391 121392 121393 121394 121406 121407 121409 121410 121411 121423 121424 121425 121426 121427 121439 121440 121441 121442 121454 121455 121456 218058 218059
SWL kg 4000 4000 4000 4000 6300 6300 6300 6300 6300 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 12000 12000 12000 12000 20000 20000 20000 20000 50000 100000
Gripping range A mm 025 1938 3251 4464 032 2551 4470 6489 83108 038 2551 5176 70102 95127 064 51102 102152 140191 1376 76127 127178 178229 1376 1376
Dimensions in mm B 90 90 90 90 117 117 117 117 117 114 114 114 114 114 166 166 166 166 188 188 188 188 216 343 C 254 254 254 254 292 292 292 292 292 354 354 354 354 354 457 457 457 457 578 578 578 578 648 864 D 432 432 432 432 495 495 495 495 495 572 572 572 572 572 711 711 711 711 900 900 900 900 991 1118 E 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 95 95 95 95 95 98 98 98 98 125 125 125 125 125 125 F 215 230 241 254 243 262 281 300 320 260 273 298 324 350 345 383 433 472 432 483 534 585 559 660 G 97 97 97 97 121 121 121 121 121 137 137 137 137 137 168 168 168 168 216 216 216 216 229 318 H 70 70 70 70 87 87 87 87 87 84 84 84 84 84 98 98 98 98 127 127 127 127 168 267 J 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 25 25 25 25 25 45 45 45 45 64 64 64 64 64 102
80
2011/12
US S a
y Stand fet
to the come up A clamps of the US E lifting RENFRO t requirements bility. stringen ing product lia concern t a three-year We gran period! warranty
For wider loads we recommend the use of clamps in pairs attached to a double-leg sling or to a spreader beam.
J E D C B G
Gripping range A mm 335 3570 545 4585 1065 65120 1080 80150
H A F
Weight approx. kg 13 14 25 27 41 43 70 73 Reference no. 120813 120863 120868 120907 120915 120955 120959 120999
Dimensions in mm B 130 130 145 145 205 205 185 185 C 280 280 350 350 430 430 495 495 D 415 415 510 510 610 610 710 710 E 80 80 90 90 90 90 100 100 F 215 245 300 335 350 400 450 480 G 110 110 120 120 140 140 180 180 H 80 68 100 80 120 105 150 120 J 19 19 19 19 32 32 32 32
NM, SP SG
For the main use of the clamp models on pages 80 to 82 please see the attached drawing.
G2 CA
2011/12
The large cam jaw enables wide pressure distribution and thus guarantees careful handling of your sensitive goods. For vertical lifting and 180 turning of sheets, steel plates, girders and structural steel elements. The pivoting shackle enables easy handling due to unmatched attachment angles. Even lateral attachment to the load is allowed. The lifting clamp incorporates the look open and lock closed feature. After relieving and securing the load, the clamp can be lifted off with a crane. Can be released remote-controlled through a tag-line.
d ar
US S a
y Stand fet
Lifting clamp with large, smooth gripping to the come up A clamps of the US E lifting RENFRO t requirements bility. pads for metals which have sensitive stringen ing product lia ar ern -ye conc t a three We gran period! surfaces or which are hard. warranty Suitable for the vertical lifting and 90 turning of sheets, steel plates, girders and structural steel elements. The jaw can be pre-adjusted to any gripping range using an adjusting screw. After attachment, the adjusting screw must be tightened. The load surfaces must be clean, dry and free of lubrication grease. For wider loads we recommend the use of clamps in pairs attached to a double-leg sling or to a spreader beam.
SWL kg 1000 1000 2000 2000 4000 4000 4000 Gripping range A mm 019 1932 025 1938 640 4072 76108 Dimensions in mm B 116 116 131 131 137 137 137 D 346 346 406 406 470 470 470 E 60 60 79 79 75 75 75 F 150 162 171 184 197 235 266 G 81 81 95 95 114 114 114 H 60 60 73 73 75 75 75 J 16 16 16 16 25 25 25 Weight approx. kg 8.0 9.0 10.3 11.0 20.5 23.0 25.0 Reference no. 121550 121563 121567 121579 121584 121596 121598
d ar
US S a
y Stand fet
J E D
Vertical turning lifting clamp with safety to the come up A clamps of the US E lifting RENFRO t requirements bility. device, lock-closed feature. stringen ing product lia concern t a three-year We gran period! Suitable for the lifting and 90 turning of warranty materials with sensitive surfaces (stainless steel, plastic and particle boards etc. not for polished surfaces!). The specially coated gripping pads can be continuously adjusted with an adjusting screw. For wider loads we recommend the use of clamps in pairs attached to a double-leg sling or to a spreader beam.
SWL kg 300 300 Gripping range A mm 030 645 Dimensions in mm B 75 75 D 290 290 E 60 60 F 200 200 G 66 66 H 70 70 J 13 13
d ar
B G H A F
Weight approx. kg 4.7 4.5
82
2011/12
US S a
y Stand fet
Lifting clamp with universal joint, safety device, lock-closed feature. The lockclosed feature also holds the clamp tight when the load is unintentionally released. Suitable for the vertical lifting and 180 turning of sheets and girders. The pivoting shackle enables easy handling due to unmatched attachment angles. Even lateral attachment to the load is allowed.
SWL kg 500 500 Gripping range A mm 015 1530 Dimensions in mm B 50 50 D 220 220 E 43 43 F 100 115 G 56 56 H 32 32 J 9.5 9.5
to the come up A clamps of the US E lifting RENFRO t requirements bility. stringen ing product lia concern t a three-year We gran period! warranty
US S a
y Stand fet
to the come up A clamps of the US E lifting RENFRO t requirements bility. stringen ing product lia ncern -year co t a three We gran period! warranty
A B D F H
Dimensions in mm B 70 108 111 111 111 145 D 13 13 16 19 41 55 E 25 36 36 36 36 36 F 90 143 143 143 143 190 H 76 178 178 178 178 178
US S a
y Stand fet
High-performance horizontal lifting clamp for to the come up A clamps of the US E lifting RENFRO t requirements bility. transporting dimensionally stable sheets and stringen ing product lia concern t a three-year We gran period! sheet stacks. warranty Its particular advantage: using a locking pin, the gripping range can be quickly changed from 0 to a maximum of 406 mm. Integrated springs hold the gripping cams open and facilitate attachment. The lifting clamps are fastened to suitable slings and attached at three or more points on the load being handled. With long loads, we recommend using a spreader beam.
SWL kg 500 500 500 1500 1500 1500 Gripping range A mm 0152 0305 0406 0152 0305 0406 Dimensions in mm B 275 330 330 275 330 330 C 360 587 691 364 591 694 D 16 16 16 19 19 19 E 89 89 89 89 89 89 H 213 213 213 213 213 213
C A B
D H
Weight approx. kg 20 28 29 29 40 46
2011/12
d ar
D B G H A F
d ar
d ar
US S a
y Stand fet
to the come up A clamps of the US E lifting RENFRO t requirements bility. stringen ing product lia concern t a three-year We gran period! warranty
Used for handling girders in pairs, for handling sheets and bundles of sheets, slings with three clamps or more.
d ar
E F A J B
G H
SWL kg 500 500 1000 1000 1000 2000 2000 2000 4000 4000 8000 8000 8000
Gripping range A mm 025 1938 025 1938 3251 032 2551 4470 038 3264 051 4489 83127
Dimensions in mm B 59 59 63 63 63 81 81 81 97 97 125 125 125 C 180 180 292 292 292 333 333 333 378 378 520 520 520 E 57 57 57 57 57 78 78 78 92 92 102 102 102 F 225 238 241 254 267 310 329 348 380 406 510 548 586 G 70 70 70 70 70 98 98 98 111 111 133 133 133 H 70 70 117 117 117 138 138 138 145 145 150 150 150 J 37 37 48 48 48 51 51 51 70 70 102 102 102
Weight approx. kg 3.38 4.00 5.00 5.00 6.00 9.70 10.00 11.00 16.00 17.00 44.00 45.00 50.00
Reference no. 121457 121468 121469 121481 121482 121483 121495 121496 121497 121509 121511 121522 121523
The main areas of application of the RENFROE products illustrated on pages 83 and 84 can be seen in the adjacent pictogram table and in the table on page 87.
M H WHS CS
84
2011/12
US S a
y Stand fet
J E D B G H A F
Screw clamp for vertical lifting and 180 to the come up A clamps of the US E lifting RENFRO t requirements bility. turning of metal items of all kinds. stringen ing product lia concern t a three-year We gran period! Max. surface hardness of the load 300 HB. warranty Equipped with a pivoting cam jaw. Particularly suited for use with rolling and edging machines. For wider loads we recommend the use of clamps in pairs attached to a double-leg sling or to a spreader beam.
Gripping range A mm 019 032 051 064 076 0102 Dimensions in mm B 60 73 79 110 140 184 D 229 268 305 394 489 581 E 60 67 60 76 83 95 F 168 214 275 341 416 552 G 60 86 104 137 171 210 H 48 60 71 87 112 141 J 13 16 19 25 25 32
d ar
US S a
y Stand fet
Screw clamp with pivoting suspension eye, to the come up A clamps of the US E lifting RENFRO t requirements bility. for vertical lifting and 180 turning of metal stringen ing product lia ar ern -ye conc t a three We gran period! items of all kinds. warranty Max. surface hardness of the load 300 HB. Equipped with a pivoting cam jaw. Particularly suited for use with rolling and edging machines, and for lateral attachment to the load. For wider loads we recommend the use of clamps in pairs attached to a double-leg sling or to a spreader beam.
SWL kg 500 1500 3000 6000 10000 15000 Gripping range A mm 019 032 051 064 076 0102 Dimensions in mm B 60 73 79 110 140 184 D 284 346 354 484 680 581 E 60 67 60 76 83 95 F 168 214 275 341 416 552 G 60 86 104 137 171 210 H 48 60 71 87 112 141 J 13 16 19 25 25 32
D B G H A F
US S a
y Stand fet
Lifting/turning clamp with serrated gripping to the come up A clamps of the US E lifting RENFRO t requirements bility. cams and safety device, lock-closed feature. stringen ing product lia concern t a three-year We gran period! Holds the girder almost horizontally in both warranty directions. It facilitates the turning process when the lifting shackle is arranged outside the girder. For wider loads we recommend the use of clamps in pairs attached to a double-leg sling or to a spreader beam.
Gripping range A mm 019 019 038 Dimensions in mm B 281 337 527 C 170 216 318 D 26 35 43 E 44 64 95 F 152 178 279 G 45 57 85 H 90 100 170 J 13 16 19
Weight approx. kg 4 9 24
2011/12
SWL kg
Weight approx. kg
Reference no.
d ar
d ar
US S a
y Stand fet
Two-part clamp with locking wedge for to the come up A clamps of the US E lifting RENFRO t requirements bility. I-beams which can be attached anywhere on stringen ing product lia concern t a three-year We gran period! the beam. warranty The two halves of the clamp are locked with a simple pin lock and then secured with a locking screw. The clamp is locked in place with a locking wedge. To be used as an assembly clamp only for suspension for all types of hoists. Approved only for mounting on a ceiling girder.
SWL kg 1000 1000 1000 3000 3000 Gripping range A mm 38102 51152 102305 76152 102305 Dimensions in mm C 172 242 480 258 474 D 222 222 222 286 286 F 38 38 38 58 58 G 17 28 40 28 40 Weight approx. kg 4.0 5.0 9.0 9.5 17.0
d ar
D
Reference no. 121821 121822 121823 121824 121825
US S a
y Stand fet
to the come up A clamps of the US E lifting RENFRO t requirements bility. stringen ing product lia concern t a three-year We gran period! warranty
d ar
G A C F D
Dimensions in mm Weight approx. kg 6.7 12.0 15.0 29.0 35.0
F 38 38 38 57 57
G 19 27 44 29 46
B1, B2
The main areas of application of the clamp models illustrated on pages 85 and 86 can be seen in the adjacent pictogram table.
86
2011/12
G1/G2/G3/BDS
SCP
SCPA
WHS
ASTL, ASTS
NM, SP
SG
Please note that the clamp models G1, G3, BDS, CA2, have been replaced by model series MPS/MPC.
2011/12
B1, B2
87
Our PFEIFER-RENFROE poster gives information to workers about operating and correct use of our complete range of lifting clamps.
to the come up A clamps of the US E lifting RENFRO t requirements bility. stringen ing product lia ncern -year co t a three We gran period! warranty
d ar
mm approx. kg
88
2011/12
Rail grabs
Automatic rail grab with BAU/TB approval
For lifting and pulling rails lengthways and crossways for rail sizes S49, S54, S60s, UIC60. Very solid, practical design with low dead weight. After placing the grab on the load, it locks automatically (in compliance with TBG requirements). We warrant the rail grab for three years (except for spare parts). Always attach the grab above the centre of gravity of the load. With long loads, we recommend using two or more grabs.
Dimensions in mm A min. 10 10 A max. 80 80 B 200 200 D 85 90 F 42 60 G1 106 127 G2 210 230 H min. 270 285 H max. 350 365 W 60 65 X 20 23 Y 20 25
Rail grab
For lifting and pulling rails lengthways and crossways for rail sizes S49, S54, S60s, UIC60. Very solid, practical design with low dead weight. Safety device with double function: For holding open and locking under load in order to hold rails securely, even when they are overturning, i.e. the grab cannot open accidentally. We warrant the rail grab for three years (except for spare parts). Always attach the grab above the centre of gravity of the load. With long loads, we recommend using two or more grabs.
Y W X
A
SWL kg 2000 4000
F G
Dimensions in mm Weight approx. kg 7.8 22.0 Reference no. 114052 114062
A min. 15 10
A max. 85 95
D 50 80
F 51 76
G 105 150
W 60 76
X 18 31
Y 19 25
Special gripping arms for handling other rail forms are available.
2011/12
Section grabs
Rod and bar grab
For horizontal transport of round materials of all kinds. Heavy-duty double-scissor design with safety latch. Very small external footprint thanks to a new internal contour whose 4-point clamping prevents the load from seesawing. Self-acting latched hold-open lever, locking spring stirrup with handle for securing the grab against opening accidentally when the load on the grab is released. For design-related reasons, grabs with part no. 114040 and 114049 are supplied without safety device. Always attach the grab above the centre of gravity of the load. With long loads, we recommend using two or more grabs.
SWL kg 500 500 500 1000 1000 2000 2000 Dimensions in mm A min. 50 100 200 100 200 150 300 A max. 100 200 400 200 400 300 600 D 42 65 95 65 95 110 170 F 140 140 150 150 160 160 160 H min. 300 430 730 430 730 610 1030 H max. 410 630 1100 630 1110 895 1590 J 220 400 740 400 740 620 1130 V 100 100 122 100 122 122 122 W 77 77 80 77 80 80 80 X 31 31 40 31 40 40 40 Y 10 10 10 10 10 15 15 Weight approx. kg 8.0 17.5 39.0 22.0 48.0 56.0 115.0 Reference no. 114040 114041 114043 114045 114046 114048 114049
Y V W X
H
ax A m A
in
Section grab
For handling all kinds of double-flange sections and flat materials. Mechanically acting for positive interlocked load handling. Robust, double-scissor design with safety device and wide load-holding surfaces. Self-acting, latched hold-open lever. Locking spring stirrup with handle for securing the grab against opening accidentally when loaded. Always attach the grab above the centre of gravity of the load. With long loads, we recommend using two or more grabs.
Dimensions in mm A min. 0 0 0 A max. 180 260 300 C 74 107 120 D 110 155 190 F 180 200 250 H min. 370 420 470 H max. 580 770 880 V 120 120 120 W 80 80 80 X 32 32 40 Y 10 10 12
Weight approx. kg 13 25 55
90
2011/12
Whether spreader beams, large electromechanical grabs or turntables you will find everything for lifting and turning heavy loads here. Our experienced technicians and engineers have been dealing with demanding lifting and turning tasks from all industrial sectors for decades. The devices meet the highest safety standards due to strict adherence to the prevailing rules and regulations, such as the 2006/42/EC Machinery Directive which has been in force since 29.12.2009. The lifting and turnover devices are therefore characterised by a particularly long service life, giving fault-free, safe and economic operation. We will be happy to prepare an individual quotation for you! 91
2011/12
Simply t ! brillian
Roll grab 40 t.
Paper roll grab electromechanical 6 t Crane lower blocks 75 t 4 pulleys with electrically revolving hooks
92
2011/12
Spreader beam with adjustable cross beams 66 t for transport of forming tools
X Some drum handling devices can also be used with fork lift trucks. X High-quality design simple and safe to operate
The PFEIFER drum handling devices have been approved by our customers and are suitable for any application. For the transport by crane hook or fork lifter, for lifting and turning (overturning) of vertically positioned drums, for steel or plastic drums find the appropriate device for each application!
For transporting and turning (tipping over) inherently stable metal drums with rolling hoops or rolling channels and closed lid or spout. The drums can be in an upright or horizontal position. The drums can be lifted up from all positions and turned in any position due to a self-locking worm drive.
kg kg
300 93 114204
E
X V
J B H
D G
Dimensions in mm A 400620 D 350 G 1000/1200 V 100 Y 20 B 450 E 75 H 840 W 50 C 200 F 350 J 450 X 20
mm kg kg
For transporting and emptying standing, inherently stable metal drums (even Weight without lid) with rolling hoops or rolling Reference channels. no. A lashing belt and ratchet are used to encircle the drum while protecting the surface. Safe tipping and accurate metering by handwheel and self-locking worm drive.
2011/12
for drum
mm
400620
Drum grab
for drum
mm kg kg
For upright, inherently stable metal and SWL L-edge plastic drums with lid and rim. Weight Also suitable for use with tightly packed Reference no. drums. For custom-made products with hold open device please consult PFEIFER
Drum grab
For horizontal, inherently stable metal drums with rim. For custom-made products with hold open device please consult PFEIFER
mm kg kg
Y X V H E A
mm kg kg
mm kg kg
94
2011/12
H 370
mm kg kg
mm kg kg
C F
mm kg kg
mm kg kg
2011/12
Fork lifters
X All versions with slim fork prongs and with lateral adjustment. X Alternatives with manual or automatic centre-of-gravity compensation
X Alternatives with rigid or adjustable loading heights X Steel-grit blasted, de-rusted and painted in orange RAL 2003 X Engineered according to EN 13155, designed according to DIN 15018
H2 B2.
X Suspension suitable for single crane hooks according to DIN 15401 X Supplied including complete documentation in accordance with CE
standards.
!
2500 1000 12050 4001000 140190 500 180 1300 1900 114740 500 160
Savety advice: For economic and safe transportation of palletised goods on ground level. The professional programme of highest quality: available in different designs and sizes manufactured from high-class materials and in light-weight design
X Lashing belts are compulsory for load restraint when used for construction sites and overhead transport. Applies to all models of fork lifters.
X The centre of gravity must always be at half the length of the prong,
i. e. at 500 mm.
Fork lifter model PMS with manual centre-of-gravity adjustment in the unloaded condition
Fork lifter with manual centre-of-gravity compensation by adjusting the position of the lifting ring on the grid.
SWL Prong length Prong section Prong adjusting range Suspension eye dimension Centre of gravity Weight Fixed loading height Installation height Reference no. H B C FE A min.max. WxV S 1000 1000 8040 3001000 7570 500 105 1300 1650 114737 1500 1000 8040 3001000 7570 500 115 1300 1700 114738 2000 1000 10050 4001000 140190 3000 1000 12050 4001000 140190 500 190 1300 1950 114741
Fork lifter model PMS-H with manual centre-of-gravity adjustment in the unloaded condition and height adjustment
As for model PMS but with adjustable loading height
SWL Prong length Prong section Prong adjusting range Suspension eye dimension Weight Adjustable loading height Installation height Reference no. H min.max. B min.max. C FE A min.max. WxV 1000 1000 8040 3001000 7570 125 13002000 16502350 114747 1500 1000 8040 3001000 7570 135 13002000 17002400 114748 2000 1000 10050 4001000 15590 195 13002000 18302530 114749 2500 1000 12050 4001000 140190 220 13002000 19002600 114750 3000 1000 12050 4001000 130220 230 13002000 19502650 114751
96
2011/12
Fork lifter model PAS with automatic centre-of-gravity adjustment between the loaded and unloaded conditions
Fork lifter with automatic centre-of-gravity compensation by trolley and tension spring. This adjusts the suspension to the centre of gravity smoothly and automatically (minimum load 20-25 % of rated load).
SWL Prong length Prong section Prong adjusting range Suspension eye dimension Centre of gravity Weight Fixed loading height Installation height Reference no. H B C FE A min.max. D S 1000 1000 8040 3001000 120 500 105 1300 1790 114732 1500 1000 8040 3001000 120 500 110 1300 1830 114733 2000 1000 10050 4001000 150 500 155 1300 1900 114734 2500 1000 12050 4001000 150 500 170 1300 1900 114735 3000 1000 12050 4001000 150 500 185 1300 1985 114736
Savety advice: For activating the trolley a minimum load of 20 25 % of the rated load is required!
Fork lifter model PAS-H with automatic centre-of-gravity adjustment between the loaded and unloaded conditions and height adjustment
as for Model PAS but with adjustable loading height
SWL Prong length Prong section Prong adjusting range Suspension eye dimension Weight Adjustable loading height Installation height Reference no. H min.max. B min.max. C FE A min.max. D 1000 1000 8040 3001000 120 120 13002000 17902490 114742 1500 1000 8040 3001000 120 125 13002000 18302530 114743 2000 1000 10050 4001000 150 190 13002000 19002600 114744 2500 1000 12050 4001000 150 200 13002000 19002600 114745 3000 1000 12050 4001000 150 220 13002000 19852685 114746
2011/12
Coil handling
X For special designs and coil hooks with automatic weight balancing,
please consult Pfeifer
Coil hook
with counterweight and 4/4 prong
For the transport of coils, wire rings and hollow round bodies. Sturdy for rough handling. Special design emphasising statics definitely prevents dangerous notch tensions. Prong with safety cam, handle for manual positioning. Rigid counterweight, reaching for the short models up to the upper edge of the suspension eye. Prong being horizontal in unloaded position, slightly inclined backwards or horizontal under load. Suspension eye for suitable single hook according to DIN 15401
SWL kg 2500 2500 5000 5000 7500 7500 10000 10000 16000 16000 20000 20000 25000 Dimensions in mm A max. 400 1000 700 1500 800 1500 1000 1500 1200 2000 1500 2000 1600 B 500 500 600 600 700 700 700 700 700 700 900 900 900 D 585 1240 975 1820 1110 1870 1370 1905 1645 2500 2060 2550 2160 E 120 175 190 245 220 285 265 300 310 380 365 392 392 H 680 680 830 830 1010 1010 1070 1070 1140 1140 1410 1410 1450 V 140 140 180 180 250 250 300 300 360 360 420 420 450 W 70 70 90 90 120 120 130 130 160 160 180 180 200 X 40 40 50 50 60 60 70 70 80 80 90 90 100 Weight approx. kg 70 155 215 450 365 640 560 805 1025 1700 1690 2275 2185 Reference no. 114639 114641 114643 114645 114647 114649 114651 114652 114655 114657 114659 114660 114662
Additional equipment: tube segments for delicate coil surfaces, rest or set-down frame, wide plate with protective cover, without safety cam. Also available with 3/4 prong or twin hook suspension. Other models and special versions available on request.
W V X
new!
H B N M Amin
Dimensions in mm A min. 25 25 50 95 100 A max. 60 100 200 200 230 B 650 750 750 800 800 D max. 600 700 700 750 750 H 1071 1203 1321 1490 1560 M 80 80 80 100 100 N 65 65 80 100 100 V 57 57 57 115 115 W 34 34 34 50 50 X 16 16 16 22 22
D max. = maximum winding thickness of the strip steel ring A min. = minimum width of the strip steel ring; A max. = maximum width of the strip steel ring
98
2011/12
Dmin
Dmax
new!
SWL kg 2000
X V
C A J
Dimensions in mm A min. 550 600 A max. 800 900 C 250 280 H 940 1140 J min. 950 1120 J max. 1300 1500 V 105 105 W 82 82 X 35 35 Y 20 20
Optional equipment: Gripping leg adapted for other coil width. Two leg grab for special winders. Larger central pipe for centring spike up to 120 mm diameter. Special cams available on request.
Simply t ! brillian
PFEIFER Turning Table
X The PFEIFER Turning Table for handling and turning
different loads weighing up to 6 tonnes. hesupportingtablewillbecustomisedtosuityourneeds. T pacesavingdesign,becauseloadingandunloadingwillbedonefrom S thesameside. entleturningofdifferentloads,e.g.steelcoils,palletisedslitcoils, G paperrolls,injectionmouldsetc. arryingcapacitiesupto6tonnesavailable. C ighercarryingcapacitiesonrequest. H anbemovedwherevertheneedarisesthankstoliftingeyesandfork C liftpockets. erysecureastheloadisturnedarounditscentreofgravity. V
2011/12
Spreader beams
Adjustable spreader beams
X Spreader beam made from fine-grained structural steel for
heavy-duty applications
X Working temperature from 20 to 100 C X Manually adjustable attachment points with swivel eye load hooks
(not swivelling under load) and suspension hooks
X Adjustable yokes equipped with lateral attachment hooks X The attachment hooks are especially rounded off to protect lifting
slings used for attachment
K X
W A min. V
A max. H
Weight approx. kg 26 36 46 40 50 76 75 90 150 105 200 240 170 210 410 365 435 640 510 590 850
Reference no. 215445 215446 215447 215448 215449 215450 215451 215452 215453 215454 215455 215456 215457 215458 215459 215460 215461 215462 215463 215464 215465
100
2011/12
X Load suspension via four swivel-eye, safety load hooks (not for
swivelling under load) with adjustable yokes, manually adjustable to different working lengths
W K
A min X V
H F min F max
A max
V 150 150 175 175 210 210 235 235 300 300
X 45 45 50 50 55 55 70 70 85 85
Weight approx. kg 120 260 150 380 320 440 677 810 820 1050
Reference no. 114545 114547 114548 114550 114551 114552 114554 114555 114556 114557
Spreader beam longitudinally and laterally adjustable with moveable cross beams
For lifting of loads with eccentrically positioned centres of gravity. Pin-jointed cross beams for equal load distribution to avoid mechanical load and deformation of the girder by twisting stress.
2011/12
X Load suspension via central, swivel-eye, safety load hook (not for
swivelling under load), option available with ball-bearing safety load hook for swivelling under load (extra charge)
X Locked onto the prongs by two tommy screws with ball-and-socketjointed compression discs.
X With set-down legs at the side for easy pickup by the fork
lifter prongs and safe and compact storage
Modular spreader beams for particular lifting and transport processes. For slipping onto fork prongs or for direct pickup by the fork lifter truck. Solid design made from steel section with welded pockets for fork lifter prongs.
Dimensions in mm A 600 600 600 950 B 55 60 60 70 E 180 180 180 210 H 240 265 350 365 S 22 25 34 53
SWL kg 1000
Weight approx. kg 4
* = not for swivelling under load! Optional available against additional charge!
Weight approx. kg 24 32
102
2011/12
X Maximum load on one single hook is 2,000 kg! Note the total working
load limit of the spreader beam! Optionally with load hooks with load-bearing capacities of more than 2,000 kg!
K A
Dimensions in mm A 3000 4000 6000 6000 H 1340 1740 2140 2200 K 500 500 500 500 S 29 29 29 35 V 160 180 180 220 W 90 100 100 145 X 22 26 26 33
2011/12
availible in electro-mechanical design, continuously adjustable System spreader beams for individual lifting and handling processes. For design that can be used to balance the non-centric centre of gravity transporting and turning stable loads with axially symmetric centre of gravity. of the load Turning operation is carried out by endless slings or chains. Double or four All versions manufactured only according to individual customer stranded suspension for reduced oscillation and increased stability. requirements Turnover spreader beam made from fine-grained structural steel for heavy duty applications.
Spreader beam with two adjustable turning units Two separate electro-mechanical turning units in a robust double-mount. Two separate electro-mechanical drives for longitudinal adjustment. Operated using control cable and switch alternatively by radio remote Control of the crosswise adjustment: The working length is synchronously adjustable inwards and outwards. Both turning units can be moved control synchronously under load to the right or to the left. Additionally, every Power supply cable with 16-pole plug connectors (interface to crane turning unit can be moved individually in either direction (centre of gravity compensation). system) alternatively coated slings or split version as well as with chains in endless or split version.
Spreader beam with two fixed turning units (above right) Two fixed working widths with an electromechanical slewing drive. Slings can be manually relocated using parallel rollers. Spare slings We also supply spare slings for turnover spreader beams: in coated or uncoated versions, as endless slings or split (see page 122 onwards). We are glad to provide detailed advice.
104
2011/12
Spreaders
X Spreader beam with a particularly low dead weight
but high working load limit at the same time
intermediate modules 1x
new!
2x K 2x N mountable in
end modules 2x
X Working length of the spreader beam adjustable in 1 m steps X The load is attached to the end modules, which are equipped with
shackles
X For suspending the spreader beam, the end modules are equipped
with shackles for attaching a chain suspension gear
Dimensions in mm A min. 3000 3000 3000 3000 A max. 6000 6000 8000 8000 H 1 x 2000 1 x 2000 1 x 2000 1 x 2000 K N 3 x 1000 3 x 1000 2 x 1000 2 x 1000 S 2 x 500 2 x 500 2 x 500 2 x 500
2 x 1500 2 x 1500
48
200110 242260
260140 242262
340180 242264
241733
Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
From design considerations, the 50,000 kg suspension gear uses ropes instead of chains.
20000 4000 22 34000 5400 26 50000
48
260140 242259
340180 242261
350190 242263
241732
Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
2011/12
glossy advertising, offer poorly designed products, often low-quality copies with a short service life. The non-specialised buyer is completely unable to recognise these for what they are. The result: increased safety hazard, downtimes, expensive retrofitting. Many customers have therefore decided to choose Made by PFEIFER meaning not only Made in Germany but also 100% CE. This is another reason for the leading position held by PFEIFER products.
Naturally we include a test of CE compliance, individual PFEIFER has an international operating instructions derived certification in accordance with from this and an acceptance test the assembly and service prior to delivery. standard SCC (Safety Certificate (EN 13155/EN 15018) for Contractors). The SCC is an international standard for techni- A product liability insurance cal service providers who operate amounting to millions of Euros in the premises of a customer is a sign of PFEIFERs sense of and carry out technical services responsibility. there such as maintenance, When deciding what to buy, consider assembly and crane operations. whether you are really getting value PFEIFER has a wealth of for money. Do not make savings at experience in welded, heavy duty the expense of quality and therefore lifting devices and the German safety. A CE-compliant lifting device Qualification Certificate in with a careful risk assessment can accordance with DIN 18800. In save lives. Do not do without this addition, our welders who are added value for the benefit of lower prices.
We believe that while cheap may be cool, quality from PFEIFER is safe.
106
2011/12
Spreader beams
Development, design and manufacture of spreader beams for individual loads, transport processes and crane systems.
X For loads of up to several 100 tonnes in weight. X Fitted with all attachment devices on request. X Load test and approval by an independent institute on request.
Adjustable spreader beam for loads up to 180 t with integrated load hooks
Long-hook spreader beam fitted with slewing gear for lifting and positioning loads up to 138 t
Pipe spreader beam for transport of rotor blades for offshore wind turbines
2011/12
Long-hook spreader beam for the transport of paper rolls of 4 m dia., working length 8 m
108
2011/12
Quality has a name POLYTEX put your trust in the original. Textile attachment devices and protection systems for the safe and careful handling of your loads. Cost-effective Whether premium line Hi-Tex or the competitivelypriced Eco-Tex segment we offer you different designs tailored to your application for the most costeffective solution to your lifting procedures. Expertise Do you have a special attachment problem that can only be handled with a special solution? Let us meet the challenge. We have simplified attachment procedures for many of our customers, thus achieving time and cost savings. 109
2011/12
X X X X X X X X X X
Super-light, hence simple handling Soft and flexible Protects the load surface Long service life Heat-resistant to +100 C, frost-resistant to 40 C No loss of strength when the belt is wet Highly resistant to mineral acids and UV radiation Working load limit/WLL imprinted and clearly visible Identifying colour code for each working load limit Outstanding insulation effect due to non-conductive polyester material
each working load limit Wll up to 10,000 kg has its own identification colour and can therefore be classified correctly and quickly.
Working load limit table for POLYTEX lifting belts, round slings and round sling suspension gear EN 1492-1/2
3 and 4 legs
Identifying colour
up to 6 violet green yellow grey red brown blue orange 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 8.00 10.00 0.80 1.60 2.40 3.20 4.00 4.80 6.40 8.00 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00 10.00 12.00 16.00 20.00
+
45 60 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 8.00 10.00
+
up to 45 1.12 2.24 3.36 4.48 5.60 6.72 8.96 11.20
+ +
45 60 0.80 1.60 2.40 3.20 4.00 4.80 6.40 8.00
+
45 60 1.50 3.00 4.50 6.00 7.50 9.00 12.00 15.00
Further factors that reduce the working load limit, such as sharp edges, extreme temperature ranges etc. are to be taken into account according to the respective DIN EN regulations. According to BetrSichV/BGR 500, an expert must inspect: attachment devices at intervals of 1 year at the most (visual and dimensional inspection) chain slings additionally for freedom from cracks at intervals of 3 years at the most. The criteria for the discarding time of chains, lifting belts and round slings are likewise specified in the respective EN standard. The working load limit WLL data (in tonnes) correspond to the use of the attachment devices under normal conditions (symmetrical loading of all legs).
If the load is distributed asymmetrically: only one leg may be assumed to be bearing the load in the case of 2-leg suspension gears (see single-leg suspension gear) only two load-bearing legs may be counted in the case of 3/4-leg suspension gears according to BGR 500, chapters 2.8/3.5.3 (see 2-leg suspension gear). According to EN this type of attchment is not permitted with transversely rigid (e.g. coated) loop lifting belts. When using 2 suspensions devices on one crane hook, the angle of inclination of the attachment devices may not exceed 45. *according to the type of attachment and angle of inclination
110
2011/12
X Manufactured according to BS
EN 1492-2, GS-tested
WLL kg 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 8000 10000 800 1600 2400 3200 4000 4800 6400 8000
Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering! Lengths other than those shown on enquiry.
2011/12
Cross-section: Shown here are the load-bearing polyester strand, the internal and external protective sleeves with imprint of the working load limit and the woven-in tonnage stripe.
WLL kg 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 8000 10000 800 1600 2400 3200 4000 4800 6400 8000
Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering! Lengths other than those shown on enquiry.
112
2011/12
POLYTEX abrasion protection POLYTEX abrasion protection PU edge protector with magnet sleeve sleeve See page 132 See page 136 See page 136
WLL kg 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 800 1600 2400 3200 4000
For round slings with higher WLLs and other lengths, see page 111 112.
POLYTEX abrasion protection POLYTEX abrasion protection PU edge protector with magnet sleeve sleeve See page 132 See page 136 See page 136
2011/12
Edge stabiliser: The stabilised edge results in a higher transverse rigidity, decreases twisting of the round sling and extends the service life.
WLL kg 15000 20000 25000 30000 40000 50000 80000 100000 150000 12000 16000 20000 24000 32000 40000 64000 80000 120000
Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering! Lengths other than those shown on enquiry.
114
2011/12
Safety notice:
Care must also be taken with sharp edges when using the round sling and shackle combination. We are happy to advise on any questions you may have.
new!
X X X X X
Fewer dangers for employees and valuable loads Approx. 8 to 10 times stronger than steel Worldwide, one of the strongest synthetic fibres are used Low working elongation of only around 0.5 % As much as 60 % weight saving compared with attachment devices made of polyester
WLL kg 10000 15000 20000 25000 30000 40000 50000 80000 100000 150000 8000 12000 16000 20000 24000 32000 40000 64000 80000 120000
Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering! Lengths other than those shown on enquiry.
2011/12
We have experienced specialists both in application technology and in our own company sewing room. Modern machines are available for the manufacturing, which complies with the latest DIN EN standards; several test machines with a test load of up to 600 tonnes are ready for use. An extensive stock of belt materials is ready to be called off for production.
Please enquire to us about your special task - we will be only too pleased to supply you with an individual quotation.
116
2011/12
X X X X
Double the support area compared to round slings Smaller loops provide for the simplest possible handling Highly abrasion-resistant protective sleeve GS-tested
Cross-section: wide support surface with four independent channels. Safety function safety stitch: If the safety seam tears, there is an overload. The lifting procedure must be aborted immediately. The sling must be replaced.
vertical lift
Dimensions under load Width mm 150 170 170 210 210 260 340 340 340 505 655 655 Thickness mm 20 20 20 20 20 25 30 35 40 50 70 80 Loop dimensions Length mm 500 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 Width mm 45 50 60 65 80 90 100 110 130 150 220 260 Reference no. 200991 200992 200993 200994 200995 200996 200997 200998 200999 201000 201001 201002 Availability 4m 5m 6m 8m 10 m 12 m
WLL kg 5000 6000 8000 10000 15000 20000 25000 30000 40000 50000 80000 100000
Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering! Working load limits and lengths other than those shown on enquiry.
2011/12
POLYTEX sets
Reference no.
Reference no.
Reference no.
Reference no.
118
2011/12
new!
T
H G
WLL kg 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 Weight approx. kg 0.7 1.2 2.2 4.5 4.5 4.5 Dimensions in mm A 78 91 113 133 133 133 B 123 148 175 223 223 223 C 12 19 21 40 40 40 D 41 55 55 70 70 70 G 17 21 25 36 36 36 H 20 26 32 40 40 40 P 16 17 25 36 36 36 T 31 40 50 59 59 59
A contribution to safety. For clear assignment of the carrying capacity, the hooks are painted with the working load limit colour corresponding to the colour code of the textile attachment devices according to EN 1492. Forged-on protection cams offer additional protection against abrasion on the textile attachment devices.
Furthermore, the round sling hook offers the option of the safe extension of textile attachment devices.
!
Safety notice:
Care must also be taken with sharp edges when using the round sling and shackle combination. We are happy to advise on any questions you may have.
2011/12
POLYTEX round sling suspension gear, 1-leg with eye load hook
All round sling suspension gear units are equipped with a working load limit badge.
L2
Please always specify the reference number and length when ordering! Lengths other than those shown on enquiry.
WLL kg 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 8000 10000 15000 19000 20000
Reference no. 122567 122568 122569 122570 122571 181090 122573 122574 146859 181091 146860
We also supply round sling suspension gears with other end fittings such as oval rings, shackles, special hooks etc. Enquiries welcome we will be happy to supply full details.
Replacing slings: Suspension rings, round sling couplings and load hooks can easily be changed by a competent person.
120
2011/12
POLYTEX round sling suspension gear, 2-legs with eye load hook
All round sling suspension gear units are equipped with a working load limit badge.
L2
Please always specify the reference number and length when ordering! Lengths other than those shown on enquiry.
WLL kg 0 45 1400 2800 4200 5600 7000 8400 11200 14000 21000 26600 28000 45 60 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 8000 10000 15000 19000 20000
Dimensions of Overall component Hook aperture width length the masterlink mm approx. mm mm 11060 13575 16090 16090 180100 180100 200110 200110 340180 340180 350190 320 380 460 460 560 560 610 610 900 920 1030 19 26 30 30 39 39 46 46 53 71 62
Reference no. 122575 122576 122577 122578 122579 181092 122580 122581 146867 181093 146868
Availability 1m 2m 3m 4m 5m
POLYTEX round sling suspension gear, 4-legs with eye load hook
All round sling suspension gear units are equipped with a working load limit badge.
L2
Please always specify the reference number and length when ordering! Lengths other than those shown on enquiry.
WLL kg 0 45 2100 4200 6300 8400 10500 12600 16800 21000 31500 39900 42000 45 60 1500 3000 4500 6000 7500 9000 12000 15000 22500 28500 30000
Dimensions of Overall component Hook aperture width length the masterlink mm approx. mm mm 13575 16090 180100 180100 200110 200110 260140 260140 350190 350190 400200 400 470 560 560 700 700 810 810 1060 1100 1250 19 26 30 30 39 39 46 46 53 62 71
Reference no. 122582 122583 122584 122585 122586 181094 122587 122588 146865 181095 146866
Availability 1m 2m 3m 4m 5m
The specification of the working load limit for 4-leg suspension gears applies only in the case of symmetrical loading of all legs. In the case of asymmetrical load distribution, only two load-bearing legs may be counted in accordance with BGR 500, chapter 2.8/3.5.3.
2011/12
X X X X
Improved resistance to abrasion due to optimised weave Increased pressure resistance under constant stress Loops particularly resistant to abrasion due to full reinforcement Manufactured according to DIN EN 1492-1
The belt colour is turquoise; the loop reinforcement is in the EN colour code.
vertical lift
choke lift
basket lift
Availability 2m 3m 4m 5m 6m 8m
WLL kg 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 800 1600 2400 3200 4000 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000
Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering! Lengths other than those shown on enquiry.
122
2011/12
POLYTEX lifting belts, double-layer with reinforced and tapered end loops
DIN EN 1492-1
X Made of high-quality, extremely robust polyester X With all further characteristics of the textile attachment
device (see page 119)
Reinforced end loops allow easier handling and extend the service life of the lifting belts. The end loops are tapered to about half the width. (Exception: the end loops of the 30 mm belt are untapered).
vertical lift
choke lift
basket lift
Availability 2m 3m 4m 5m 6m 8m
WLL kg 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 8000 10000 800 1600 2400 3200 4000 4800 6400 8000 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 16000 20000
Belt dimensions mm 307 607 907 1208 1508 1808 2409 3009
Loop length approx. mm 250 250 300 400 450 550 750 850
Reference no. 122970 122979 122990 123001 123012 123018 123019 123020
Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
... custom lengths; we will be only too pleased to manufacture your lifting belts in the lengths you require! ... and for suitable protective systems: WLL kg Reference no. Availability
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 8000 10000 800 1600 2400 3200 4000 4800 6400 8000 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 16000 20000 199297 199298 199299 199300 199301 199302 199303 199304 POLYTEX Flexoclip S See page 135 POLYTEX abrasion protection sleeve See page 136
2011/12
L1
Sling hook in the case of a belt width of 60 mm with safety catch, with locking latch from a belt width of 90 mm.
Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering! Lengths other than those shown on enquiry. With round steel stirrup and sling hook on enquiry.
124
2011/12
POLYTEX lifting belts, double-layer with metal fittings that can be passed through
DIN EN 1492-1
X Made of high-quality, extremely robust polyester X With all further characteristics of the textile attachment
device (see page 110)
The stirrups, made of stainless steel, grade 80, are particularly suitable for harsh operating conditions. In addition they are ideal for looping around the load, since each of the stirrups can be easily passed through the others.
WLL kg 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 8000 10000 800 1600 2400 3200 4000 4800 6400
Reference no. 122874 122875 122876 122877 122878 122879 122880 122881
Stirrup for 300 mm belt width (radius in suspension area 85 mm) not suitable for choke-lift use. This use on enquiry.
Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
... custom lengths; we will be only too pleased to manufacture your lifting belts in the lengths you require! WLL kg Reference no. Availability ... and for suitable protective systems:
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 8000 10000 800 1600 2400 3200 4000 4800 6400 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 16000 20000 199305 199306 199307 199308 199309 199310 199311 199312 POLYTEX Flexoclip S For price see page 135 POLYTEX abrasion protection sleeve For price see page 136
Easy to wrap round the load Our standard fittings can be pulled through each other easily due to their large apertures. The belt lies perfectly in the bow.
2011/12
This direct belt protection system with extremely cut and abrasionresistant PU-coating protects the belt on one side against damage and reduces the slip hazard for the load. The transparent coating enables unhampered visual checking of the internal belt. The end loops are tapered to about half the width.
WLL kg 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 8000 10000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 16000 20000
Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering! Lengths other than those shown on enquiry. This direct belt protection system with extremely cut and abrasion-resistant PU-coating protects the belt on both sides against damage and double-layer, with reinforced and tapered end loops EN reduces the slip hazard for the load. The transparent coating enables unhampered visual checking of the internal belt. 1492-1 The end loops are tapered to about half the width. (Exception: the end loops of the 40 mm belt are untapered).
WLL kg 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 8000 10000 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 16000 20000
Belt dimensions mm 4018 7018 10018 13018 16018 19018 25018 31018
Loop length approx. mm 250 250 300 400 450 550 750 850 Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no.
Effective length L1 2m 201127 201133 201139 201145 201151 201157 3m 201128 201134 201140 201146 201152 201158 201164 201170 4m 201129 201135 201141 201147 201153 201159 201165 201171 5m 201130 201136 201142 201148 201154 201160 201166 201172 6m 201131 201137 201143 201149 201155 201161 201167 201173 8m 201132 201138 201144 201150 201156 201162 201168 201174
Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
126
2011/12
This direct belt protection system with extremely cut and abrasionresistant PU-coating protects the belt on one side against damage and reduces the slip hazard for the load. The transparent coating enables unhampered visual checking of the internal belt.
Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering! Lengths other than those shown on enquiry. This direct belt protection system with extremely cut and abrasion-resistant PUcoating protects the belt on both sides against damage and reduces the slip hazard for the load. The transparent coating enables unhamdouble-layer, with round steel stirrups that can be pered visual checking of the internal belt.
WLL kg 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 800 1600 2400 3200 4000 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000
Stirrup dimensions mm 8040 12575 165105 210140 245170 Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no.
Effective length L1 2m 201176 201182 201188 201194 201200 3m 201177 201183 201189 201195 201201 4m 201178 201184 201190 201196 201202 5m 201179 201185 201191 201197 201203 6m 201180 201186 201192 201198 201204 8m 201181 201187 201193 201199 201205
Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering! Lengths other than those shown on enquiry.
2011/12
POLYTEX lifting belts, single-layer with reinforced and tapered end loops
DIN EN 1492-1
The wide support surface provides for an even distribution of pressure to the load. Protects surfaces. For lifting sensitive goods. The end loops are tapered to about half the width. (Exception: the end loops of the 30 mm belt are untapered).
WLL kg 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 4000 5000 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 3200 4000
Loop length approx. mm 250 250 300 400 450 550 750 850
Reference no. 146869 146870 146871 146872 146873 146874 146875 146876
POLYTEX heavy-duty lifting belts, four-layer with reinforced and tapered end loops
DIN EN 1492-1
Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering! Lengths other than those shown on enquiry. High working load limit with particularly narrow belt width due to four overlying belt layers. Small support surface Extremely sturdy. For extremely heavy loads.
WLL kg 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 16000 20000 1600 3200 4800 6400 8000 9600 12800 16000 4000 8000 12000 16000 20000 24000 32000 40000
Belt dimensions mm 3014 6014 9014 12016 15016 18016 24018 30018
Loop length approx. mm 350 400 600 800 1100 1300 1600 2000
Reference no. 147264 147265 147266 147267 147268 147269 147270 147271
Availability 2m 3m 4m 5m 6m 8m
Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering! Lengths other than those shown on enquiry.
128
2011/12
Low-priced alternative to round slings and lifting belts with end loops. More dimensionally stable than round slings.
WLL kg 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 8000 10000 800 1600 2400 3200 4000 4800 6400 8000
Reference no. 147248 147249 147250 147251 147252 147253 147254 147255
Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering! Lengths other than those shown on enquiry. Double working load limit compared to single-layer endless lifting belts with the same belt width. More dimensionally stable than round slings.
WLL kg 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 16000 20000 1600 3200 4800 6400 8000 9600 12800 16000 4000 8000 12000 16000 20000 24000 32000 40000
Belt dimensions mm 307 607 907 1208 1508 1808 2409 3009
Reference no. 147256 147257 147258 147259 147260 147261 147262 147263
Availability 2m 3m 4m 5m 6m 8m
Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering! Lengths other than those shown on enquiry.
2011/12
2m
3m
4m
5m
6m
8m
Protective handling of the load, since there is no point loading as in the case of rope or chain. Stirrup pressed in movably up to 6,000 kg working load limit, stirrup stitched in movably from 8,000 kg working load limit.
vertical lift
basket lift
Belt dimensions mm 506 656 1107 11010 14010 18015 Stirrup dimensions mm 9580 9580 140120 160120 175150 200200 Availability 2m 3m 4m 5m 6m 8m
WLL kg 2000 3000 6000 8000 12000 17000 4000 6000 12000 16000 24000 34000
Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering! Also available in vulcanised or PU-coated versions and in lengths other than those illustrated on enquiry.
Rope lifting belts up to 100,000 kg working load limit, with other end connectors, in vulcanised or polyurethane coated version on request.
e. g. with metal fitting, galvanised and vulcanised
vulcanisation renewable
Temperature resistance of rope webbing slings sewn galvanised galvanised, pressed vulcanised PU-coated
from 60C to +180C 100% WLL from +180C to +400C 75% WLL
130
2011/12
Handling as disposable belts is very simple: The belts are integrated into the loadbearing frame of the prefabricated element during manufacture, taking into account the rules of attachment technology. After transport and assembly on the building site, the belts are simply cut off.
to 45
WLL kg 540 750 1000 1250 1500 2000 378 525 700 875 1050 1400
Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering! Larger purchased quantities, additional lengths or higher working load limits on enquiry.
Disposable lifting belts according to DIN 60005 must be destroyed after use. However, lifting belts complying with EN 1492 may be used according to BGR 500 using the so-called pre-slung method with 1.4 times the carrying capacity. Precondition: It is guaranteed that the belts are withdrawn from use at the end of the transport chain. Re-use is permissible only if it has been determined that there are no defects that would impair safety.
2011/12
X On top of that, they open up new operational areas for your textile
attachment devices that have so far been reserved exclusively for robust chains.
Edges are considered to be sharp if the edge radius R of the load is smaller than: thediameteroftherope, thethicknessoftheliftingbeltortheroundsling, thenominalthicknessoftheroundsteelchain. SeealsoBGR500
For lifting belt width Number of magnets mm up to 30 2 up to 60 up to 90 up to 120 up to 150 up to 180 up to 300 2 4 4 4 6 8
For round slings WLL kg up to 1000 up to 4000 up to 6000 up to 8000 up to 10000 up to 20000 up to 40000 up to 50000
For lifting belt width Number of magnets mm up to 30 2 up to 60 up to 90 up to 120 up to 150 up to 180 up to 240 up to 300 2 2 4 4 4 6 8
Reference no. 217493 217494 217495 217496 217497 217498 217499 217500
132
2011/12
new!
Protect PRO edge protector
Manufactured from highstrength HMPE-fibres
4 Velcro straps enable quick positioning. High resistance to cutting and abrasion with extremely long service life. For many safe lifting procedures.
For round slings WLL kg 15000 25000 30000 40000 55000 65000 75000 80000 85000 100000
Width mm 155 185 215 230 285 345 370 430 460 540
Length mm 500 600 600 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
Reference no. 240197 240199 240200 240201 240202 240203 240204 240205 240206 240198
250 300
new!
Protect PRO edge protection collar
Manufactured from highstrength HMPE-fibres
Flexible all-round protection with Velcro fastener. High resistance to cutting and abrasion with extremely long service life. For many safe lifting procedures. Can be supplied in length increments of 0.5 m to a maximum of 5.0 m.
For round slings WLL kg 2000 4000 6000 8000 15000 25000 30000 50000 80000
Reference no. 240207 240208 240209 240210 240211 240212 240213 240214 241517
2011/12
POLYTEX-Duplex
PU-coated on both sides, high-tensile woven polyester sleeve for single/double-layer lifting belts and round slings. Excellent resistance to cutting and abrasion, protects from all sides. Standard lengths 2.0 m and 4.0 m When ordering please specify the length (max. 8 m)!
For lifting belt Width mm 30 50/60 80 90/100 120 150 180 200 240 300 For lifting belt Width mm 30 50/60 80 90/100 120 150 180 200 240 300
Dimensions mm B 45 70 95 110 145 170 190 230 250 330 H1 18 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 36 31 Dimensions mm B 45 70 95 110 145 170 190 230 250 330 for rope mm up to 30 up to 50 H1 18 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 36 31 H2 8 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 20 15 H2 8 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 20 15
Reference no. 123075 123076 123077 123079 123080 123081 123082 123083 123084 123085 Reference no. 123086 123087 123088 123090 123091 123092 123093 123094 123095 123096
15000 20000
POLYTEX -Simplex
PU-coated on one side, high-tensile woven polyester sleeve (including protective back bulge) for single/doublelayer lifting belts and round slings. Excellent resistance to cutting and abrasion, extra-flexible. Standard lengths 2.0 m and 4.0 m When ordering please specify the length (max. 8 m)!
15000 20000
Dimensions in mm A 36 42 52 60 73 A 36 42 52 60 73 B 36 42 52 60 73 D1 26 32 42 50 63 W 5 5 5 5 5
W A
134
2011/12
POLYTEX Flexoclip S
X X X X
The one with the rib The original from the inventor Made of highly cut-resistant PU 3 x better than conventional PU protective sleeves
and FLEXOCLIP is so easy to fit: If you place a new order for round slings, lifting belts and lashing straps the assembly is free on enquiry. Lifting accessories, which are already in use, can easily be upgraded. The FLEXOCLIP can be separated in specified spots and slipped over easily.
2011/12
Optimised handling: With conventional protective sleeves, the attachment device often jams against the edge. The result: Elaborate manual positioning is necessary. Polytex Flexoclip S: The attachment device slides through this innovative protection system and thus remains automatically in the correct position. Higher safety: If a conventional protective sleeve is not positioned correctly, then the protective sleeve usually slips with a jerk when lifting. The protective sleeve is usually damaged as a result; often the sleeve is even pulled off the edge. The result: The attachment device is no longer protected; in the worst case the load falls. Polytex Flexoclip S: The protective sleeve remains in the correct place and thus protects reliably against the sharp edge. Higher economy: Polytex Flexoclip S: Saving of time when attaching by saving adjustment lifts and manual positioning. Significantly longer service life of the protective sleeves, since the load does not slip in the sleeve.
For round slings WLL kg 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 8000 10000 15000
Reference no. 123109 123110 123111 123112 123113 123114 123115 123116 123117
POLYTEX abrasion protection sleeve for round slings over both legs, lifting belts and lashing straps
For round slings WLL kg 1000 2000 3000 4000 6000 8000 10000 15000
Reference no. 123097 123098 123099 123100 123101 123102 123103 123105 123107
The internally coated woven polyester sleeve offers outstanding protection against material-wearing, rough surfaces. When ordering please specify the length!
136
2011/12
Competent and experienced Success in the rope business for over 430 years. Put your trust in our experience when it comes to the subject of our passion. High performance We will supply the correct wire rope sling for all your requirements. From a simple 8 mm wire rope sling with 2 eyes and 700 kg load capacity to a endless wire rope sling of 156 mm diameter and 716 t working load limit. Superior We are approved in accordance with EN ISO 9001! EN 13414-1 (Steel wire rope slings Safety) recommends buying from a supplier who operates a quality assurance system of this kind in order to ensure that the required level of quality is achieved.
2011/12
137
X X X X
Galvanised implementation resists corrosion High working load limit at low dead weight Attractive price/performance ratio Suitable for temperature range 40 C to +100 C
WLL according to type of attachment
For our wire rope slings, please observe the current raw material surcharge (RTZ) at www.pfeifer.de or enquire to us.
vertical lift
choke lift
Nominal rope mm 560 800 1200 1600 2150 2500 3200 4000 5000 5600 6400 8800 11200 13600 16800 20000 23200 26800 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Reference no. Length m 0.5 188532 1.0 188533 188543 188553 188563 188573 188583 1.5 188534 188544 188554 188565 188574 188588 188594 188606 188611 2.0 188535 188545 188555 188566 188575 188589 188597 188607 188612 188620 188628 188636 2.5 188536 188546 188556 188567 188578 188590 188598 188602 188613 188621 188629 188637 188644 188651 3.0 188537 188547 188558 188564 188579 188584 188599 188603 188614 188622 188630 188638 188645 188652 188658 188664 4.0 188538 188548 188557 188568 188576 188585 188593 188604 188615 188623 188631 188639 188646 188653 188659 188665 188670 188675 5.0 188539 188549 188559 188569 188577 188586 188595 188605 188616 188624 188632 188640 188647 188654 188660 188666 188671 6.0 188540 188550 188560 188570 188580 188587 188596 188608 188617 188625 188633 188641 188648 188655 188661 188667 188672
WLL kg 700 1000 1500 2000 2700 3150 4000 5000 6300 7000 8000 11000 14000 17000 21000 25000 29000 33500
138
2011/12
Wire rope slings, 1-leg with soft eye and thimble eye
L
Please always specify the reference number and effective length L when ordering!
vertical lift
WLL kg 700 1000 1500 2000 2700 3150 4000 5000 6300 7000 8000 11000 14000 17000
choke lift
Nominal rope mm 560 800 1200 1600 2150 2500 3200 4000 5000 5600 6400 8800 11200 13600 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 32 36 40 Reference no. 106413 106414 106415 106416 106417 106418 106419 106421 106422 106424 106425 106426 106427 106428
A contribution to safety: In companies where a large number of attachment devices with different working load limits are used, the question arises again and again for the user: How much can this wire rope sling carry? In order to prevent accidents due to overloading, the working load limit of our single-leg wire rope slings is stamped on a ferrule. We supply single and two-leg wire rope slings with suspension ring with a working load limit tag that provides you with the technical data that you need to know. You can also purchase this working load limit tag separately. (see page 150)
2011/12
Wire rope slings, 1-leg with soft eye and sling hook 315
The dimensions can be found on page 150 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L when ordering!
vertical lift
WLL kg 1500 2000 2700 3150 4000 5000 6300 7000
choke lift
Nominal rope mm 1200 1600 2150 2500 3200 4000 5000 5600 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 Reference no. 106680 106682 106683 106686 106688 106689 106690 106691
Wire rope slings, 1-leg with master link and SIKA sling hook
L
The dimensions can be found on page 150 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L when ordering!
vertical lift
WLL kg 700 1000 1500 2000 2700 3150 4000 5000 6300 7000 8000
choke lift
Nominal rope mm 560 800 1200 1600 2150 2500 3200 4000 5000 5600 6400 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 Dimensions of the masterlink mm 16090 16090 16090 16090 16090 16090 16090 16090 16090 180100 205115 Reference no. 106479 106480 106481 106482 106483 106484 106485 106488 106489 106491 106492
140
2011/12
Please always specify the reference number and effective length L when ordering!
vertical lift
WLL kg 750 1150 1700 2250 3000 3700 4600 5650 6700 7800 9000 11800 15000 18500
choke lift
Nominal rope mm 600 920 1360 1800 2400 2960 3680 4520 5360 6240 7200 9440 12000 14800 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 32 36 40 Reference no. 106431 106432 106433 106434 106435 106436 106437 106438 106439 106440 106441 106442 106443 106444
2011/12
The dimensions can be found on page 227 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L when ordering!
Maximum Maximum angle of angle of inclination 60 inclination 60 WLL kg 045 4560 045 4560 950 1400 2100 2800 3800 4400 5600 7000 8800 9800 11200 15000 700 1000 1500 2000 2700 3150 4000 5000 6300 7000 8000 11000 760 1100 1700 2250 3050 3500 4500 5600 7000 7800 9000 12000 560 800 1200 1600 2150 2500 3200 4000 5000 5600 6400 8800 Nominal rope mm 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 32 Dimensions of the masterlink mm 16090 16090 16090 16090 16090 16090 16090 180100 205115 205115 270140 270140
Reference no. 106695 106696 106697 106699 106701 106703 106704 106705 106706 106707 106708 106709
The dimensions can be found on page 149 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L when ordering!
Maximum Maximum angle of angle of inclination 60 inclination 60 WLL kg 045 4560 045 4560 950 1400 2100 2800 3800 4400 5600 7000 8800 9800 11200 15000 700 1000 1500 2000 2700 3150 4000 5000 6300 7000 8000 11000 760 1100 1700 2250 3050 3500 4500 5600 7000 7800 9000 12000 560 800 1200 1600 2150 2500 3200 4000 5000 5600 6400 8800 Nominal rope mm 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 32 Dimensions of the masterlink mm 16090 16090 16090 16090 16090 16090 16090 180100 205115 205115 270140 270140
Reference no. 106712 106713 106714 106717 106719 106721 106725 106726 106727 106728 106729 106730
142
2011/12
The dimensions can be found on page 149 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L when ordering!
Maximum Maximum angle of angle of inclination 60 inclination 60 WLL kg 045 4560 045 4560 950 1400 2100 2800 3800 4400 5600 7000 8800 9800 700 1000 1500 2000 2700 3150 4000 5000 6300 7000 760 1100 1700 2250 3050 3500 4500 5600 7000 7800 560 800 1200 1600 2150 2500 3200 4000 5000 5600 Nominal rope mm 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 Dimensions of the masterlink mm 16090 16090 16090 16090 16090 16090 16090 180100 205115 205115
Reference no. 106732 106733 106737 106743 106749 106755 106760 106761 106762 106763
The dimensions can be found on page 150 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L when ordering!
vertical lift
choke lift
WLL kg 045 4560 045 4560 1400 2800 3800 1000 2000 2700 1100 2240 3050 800 1600 2150
Nominal rope mm 10 14 16
2011/12
The dimensions can be found on page 227 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L when ordering!
WLL kg 045 1450 2100 3150 4200 5700 6600 8400 10500 13200 14700 16800 23000 4560 1050 1500 2300 3000 4000 4700 6000 7500 9400 10500 12000 16500
Nominal rope mm 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 32
Dimensions of the masterlink mm 16090 16090 16090 180100 180100 180100 270140 270140 270140 270140 300160 300160
Reference no. 106881 106882 106883 106884 106885 106886 106887 106888 106889 106890 106891 106892
The specification of the working load limit for 4-leg suspension gears applies only in the case of symmetrical loading of all legs. In the case of asymmetrical load distribution, only two load-bearing legs may be counted in accordance with BGR 500, chapter 2.8/3.5.3.
A contribution to safety: In companies where a large number of attachment devices with different working load limits are used, the question arises again and again for the user: How much can this wire rope sling carry? In order to prevent accidents due to overloading, we supply our single and two-leg wire rope slings with suspension ring with a working load limit tag that provides you with the technical data that you need to know. You can also purchase this working load limit tag separately on page 150.
Inspection service
144
2011/12
The dimensions can be found on page 149 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L when ordering!
WLL kg 045 1450 2100 3150 4200 5700 6600 8400 10500 13200 14700 16800 23000 4560 1050 1500 2300 3000 4000 4700 6000 7500 9400 10500 12000 16500
Nominal rope mm 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 32
Dimensions of the masterlink mm 16090 16090 16090 180100 180100 180100 270140 270140 270140 270140 300160 300160
Reference no. 106895 106896 106899 106900 106901 106902 106903 106904 106905 106906 106907 106908
The specification of the working load limit for 4-leg suspension gears applies only in the case of symmetrical loading of all legs. In the case of asymmetrical load distribution, only two load-bearing legs may be counted in accordance with BGR 500, chapter 2.8/3.5.3. WLL according to type of attachment
WLL kg 045 1450 2100 3150 4200 5700 6600 8400 10500 13200 4560 1050 1500 2300 3000 4000 4700 6000 7500 9400
Nominal rope mm 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24
Dimensions of the masterlink mm 16090 16090 16090 180100 180100 180100 270140 270140 270140
Reference no. 106911 106913 106915 106917 106919 106922 106923 106924 106926
The specification of the working load limit for 4-leg suspension gears applies only in the case of symmetrical loading of all legs. In the case of asymmetrical load distribution, only two load-bearing legs may be counted in accordance with BGR 500, chapter 2.8/3.5.3.
2011/12
The dimensions can be found on page 149 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L when ordering!
The dimensions can be found on page 150 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L when ordering!
vertical lift
WLL kg 1000 2000 2700
choke lift
Nominal rope mm 800 1600 2150 10 14 16 Nominal size of chain mm 6 8 10 Chain length m 1.7 2.0 2.3 Reference no. 156225 156226 156228
Please always specify the reference number and effective length L when ordering!
146
2011/12
Endless wire rope slings cable-lay design in accordance with DIN EN 13414-3 with fibre core
Please always specify the reference number and circumferential length L when ordering!
vertical lift
WLL kg 2100 3000 4300 6000 7700 9700 11500 14000 16500 19500 22500 29500 37200 46000 Nominal rope mm 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 39 42 48 54 60 Minimum circumference m 0.42 0.53 0.63 0.74 0.84 0.95 1.05 1.16 1.26 1.37 1.47 1.68 1.89 2.11 Weight kg/m 0.48 0.61 0.87 1.28 1.58 1.95 2.7 3.08 3.75 4.43 5.25 6.98 7.95 10.05 Reference no. 106581 106586 106593 106601 106608 106618 106626 106632 106636 106638 106642 106645 106648 106650
2011/12
Endless wire rope slings cable-lay design in accordance with DIN EN 13414-3 with steel core
Strength grade 1960 N/mm
Please always specify the reference number and circumferential length L when ordering!
vertical lift
WLL kg 9500 12500 15000 18500 21500 25500 29600 39000 49000 60000 75000 92000 112000 132000 158000 178000 216000 252000 290000 333000 380000 434000 560000 716000 Nominal rope mm 24 27 30 33 36 39 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96 102 108 114 120 126 132 144 156 Minimum circumference m 0.84 0.95 1.05 1.16 1.26 1.37 1.47 1.68 1.89 2.15 2.36 2.57 2.78 2.99 3.21 3.42 3.64 3.85 4.06 4.29 4.49 4.71 5.14 5.56 Weight kg/m 1.82 2.31 2.85 3.79 4.51 5.3 6.15 8.03 10.2 12.53 15.15 18.08 21.23 24.6 28.2 32.1 36.23 40.56 45.3 50.18 55.35 60.75 72.3 84.75 Reference no. 213524 213525 213526 213565 213566 213567 213568 213569 213570 213550 213551 213571 213553 213572 213573 213574 213575 213576 213577 213578 213579 213580 217093 217094
Examples
Integrated eyes
Integrated thimbles
148
2011/12
Grommet
B A
WLL kg 2400 3200 4200 8000 12000 17000 25000 32000 50000
D E F
500 630 1000 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000 6300 8000 10000
10 10 13 14 14 16 17 20 23 24 26 34
93 95 105 115 123 137 138 164 188 213 216 234
27 28 29 31 32 37 40 43 44 51 57 61
25 26 27 28 32 34 34 40 50 52 54 60
20 21 24 25 28 29 30 34 38 39 39 45
20 22 24 28 29 34 34 40 45 50 57 61
D O W E S H
WLL kg 1250 1600 2500 3200 5400 8000 11500 16000 22000 30000
2011/12
WLL kg
Dimensions in mm D E H O S W
O B W E
Weight approx. kg 0,43 0,85 1,40 1,51 3,70 6,60 10,25 15,80 26,00 60,00 for nominal rope mm 913 1416 1719 2026
Dimensions in mm B 28 36 49 45 55 70 74 86 114 125 E 116 145 165 175 214 264 308 344 427 505 H 20 22 26 29 37 46 58 67 78 99 O 31 40 47 47 64 78 90 96 122 135 W 22 23 25 28 34 43 53 58 80 95
Reference no. 110884 110886 110888 110890 110892 110894 110896 110898 110900 110902 Reference no. 112697 112700 112703 112706
D W L
Thimbles
Shackle
(see pages 226 227)
150
2011/12
Chain slings
HIT PRO chain system grade 120 ............................... 152 HIT PRO grade 120 Advantages ............................. 153 HIT PRO grade 120 Nominal ratings at one glance .............................. 155 Chain slings HIT PRO grade 120 ............................... 157 Chain components HIT PRO grade 120 ................. 164 Chain slings HIT grade 100 ............................... 168 Load distributor....................... 179 Chain components .................. 180 Chain slings, 1-/2-/4-leg, Grade 80 ................................. 186 Further accessories for lifting slings ....................... 187 Galvanised round steel chains according to DIN 766, DIN 763 and 5685 .... 188
Experienced and orientated on quality Take advantage of our experience and quality arosen from our 25-year partnership with pewag austria. Benefit from the advantages of this strong connection. Flexible and efficient We offer you a vast and effective programme of chain slings in grade 100 HIT (or special grade 80) up to 26 mm and grade 120 HIT PRO, satisfying the challenging requirements of your daily attachment operations. Innovative Innovations arise from the work, the thoughts and the ideas of experienced specialists. Let us convince you of the performance of our innovations as for example of the profile chain slings of the grade 120 or the chain super corrosion protection PFEIFER XLL (eXtremely Long Life.)
151
2011/12
new!
HIT PRO innovative chain system GK 12 according to PAS 1061 Tested and approved by the German BG with D16 stamp of approval Intelligent profile Optimised flexural rigidity Very high working load limit Very high lashing force Perfect power to weight ratio
Approved
Like all chain slings and lashing chains from PFEIFER, the HIT PRO is also approved by the BG with the corresponding stamp on the chain system.
PRO
152
2011/12
EXtremely convincing reasons! Additional value with the new super corrosion prevention from Pfeifer XLL (eXtremely Long Life) TOP corrosion resistance in salt spray testing acc. to DIN 50021. = greater durability than previously, even in comparison with powdercoated chains! TOP adhesive strength as specified in cross-cut test ISO 2409, DIN 53 151, ASTM 3002, ASTD 3359 (abrasion resistance of coating, impact strength etc. ) = no problem of abrasion or flaking (as with powder coating) resulting in troublesome paint particles e.g. on machines! TOP suitability for electromagnetic crack detection ("fluxing") due to thin coating layer = greater safety than painted or powder-coated chains. TOP ease of identifying the grade stamps W or 10 due to thin coating TOP appearance TOP values/UV resistance outdoor weathering test TOP environmental compatibility
PRO
Intelligent profile by the intelligent use of material, essential characteristics of the chain (e. g. fatigue strength and flexural rigidity) are substantially improved compared to a normal round steel chain with the same cross section. In order to achieve the optimum technical effect, the use of the material was optimised (blue surfaces) at effective points, but reduced (red surfaces) in less relevant areas. Patented material with optimised strength and endurance characteristics at both high and at low temperatures. Optimised flexural rigidity the section modulus, which is important to prevent undesirable deflection, is up to 16 % higher in the profile chain than in a round link chain with the same cross section and hence reduces the maximum tension in the chain (no red areas). Longer service life due to higher strength and lower wear. Complete traceability chains and components are provided with identity stamps; these allow the entire manufacturing process to be verified. The professional in demanding use thanks to the combination of intelligent profile, patented high performance chain steel and an optimised tempering process, HIT PRO attains maximum strength, hardness and flexural rigidity. Particularly in tough use on edges, the revolutionary HIT PRO technology proves its capabilities with a ruggedness that has never been known before! The low temperature professional due to the extremely high temperature stability from 60 to +300 C, HIT PRO is suitable even for the harshest environmental conditions in the world. Simple visual identification due to profiled chain and grade 120 stamp on each chain link Super PFEIFFER XLL corrosion protection (eXtremely Long Life) Quality-assured European production by ISO 9001 certified company
2011/12
Chain slings
153
PRO
Significant weight saving of up to 40% compared to grade 80 chains with the same working load limit, hence considerably simpler handling
weight kg
Weight saving
HIT PRO saves costs and weight in attachment technology due to higher 154 working load limits.
2011/12
3.350
4.250
7.100
PRO
Stress at rated carrying load 300 N/mm Stress at rated lashing load Fatigue test Nominal test stress Nominal breaking stress Elongation at breaking point Deflection Notched bar impact work Manufacturers name/mark 600 N/mm
Stress corrosion Operating temperature Grade stamp Surface Working load limit identification tag Lashing identification tag Compatibility
No risk of stress corrosion verified acc. to PAS 1061 60 C to +300 C (Note corresponding reduction in working load limit at higher temperatures) Chain: Stamp 120 at 300 mm intervals; stamp 12 on the back of every link Components: Stamp 12 on each component Super corrosion prevention PFEIFER XLL (eXtremely Long Life) Data of importance to the user are given on the working load limit identification tag. A specially shaped tag was developed for easy and accurate identification. Data of importance to the user are given on the lashing identification tag. pewag HIT PRO chains and components are only partly compatible with chains and components of other quality grades and from other manufacturers. Combinations must be checked in advance by the manufacturer.
2011/12
Chain slings
155
Working load limit table: Comparison of grade 80 HIT grade 100 HIT PRO grade 120
The specified working load limits are maximum values for the different types of lifting.
PRO
Safety factor
1 leg chains
2 leg chains
4
Angle of inclination Load factor Code d/mm 1 0.8 up to 6 2 up to 45 1.4 45 60 1 up to 45 1.12 WLL [kg] 45 60 0.8 up to 45 2.1 45 60 1.5 1.6 up to 45 1.4
HIT PRO
HIT grade 80
7
7 7
2360
1900 1500
1900
1500 1200
4720
3800 3000
3350
2650 2120
2360
1900 1500
2650
2120 1700
1900
1500 1200
5000
4000 3150
3550
2800 2240
3750
3000 2500
3350
2650 2120
HIT PRO
HIT grade 80
8
8 8
3000
2500 2000
2360
2000 1600
6000
5000 4000
4250
3550 2800
3000
2500 2000
3350
2800 2240
2360
2000 1600
6300
5300 4250
4500
3750 3000
4750
4000 3150
4250
3550 2800
HIT PRO
HIT grade 80
10
10 10
5000
4000 3150
4000
3150 2500
10000
8000 6300
7100
5600 4250
5000
4000 3150
5600
4250 3550
4000
3150 2500
10600
8000 6700
7500
6000 4750
8000
6300 5000
7100
5600 4250
HIT PRO
HIT grade 80
13
13 13
8000
6700 5300
6300
5300 4250
16000
13200 10600
11200
9500 7500
8000
6700 5300
9000
7500 5900
6300
5300 4250
17000
14000 11200
11800
10000 8000
12500
10600 8500
11200
9500 7500
If the chains are subjected to additional strains (e.g. high temperatures, asymmetry, edge loading, impacts) then the maximum working load limits in the table above must be reduced. The load factors below should be used for these situations.
Additional strain
Thermal stress HIT PRO load factor Asymmetrical load distribution Edge loading
d = chain material thickness
60C 200 C 1
The working load limit must be reduced by at least 1 chain leg. In cases of doubt assume that only 1 leg is carrying. R = greater than 2 d R = greater than d R = smaller than d
R R R
1 minor impacts 1
156
Load factor
2011/12
The dimensions can be found on page 165 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
vertical lift
WLL kg 2360 3000 5000 8000
choke lift
Nominal size of chain mm 1900 2360 4000 6300 7 8 10 13
PRO
Dimensions of the masterlink mm 12070 14080 16095 190110
The dimensions can be found on page 166 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
vertical lift
WLL kg 2360 3000 5000 8000
choke lift
Nominal size of chain mm 1900 2360 4000 6300 7 8 10 13
PRO
Dimensions of the masterlink mm 12070 14080 16095 190110
229290 229291
for you w ith corrosion proven super protection XLL (eXtr emly-Lon g-Life) in black
HIT PRO
EXtremely convincing reasons! Additional value with the new super corrosion prevention from Pfeifer XLL (eXtremely Long Life) OP corrosion resistance in salt spray testing acc. to DIN 50021. T = greater durability than previously, even in comparison with powdercoated chains! OP adhesive strength as specified in cross-cut test ISO 2409, T DIN 53 151, ASTM 3002, ASTD 3359 (abrasion resistance of coating, impact strength etc. ) = no problem of abrasion or flaking (as with powder coating) resulting in troublesome paint particles e. g. on machines! OP suitability for electromagnetic crack detection ("fluxing") due T to thin coating layer = greater safety than painted or powder-coated chains. OP ease of identifying the grade stamps W or 10 due to thin T coating OPappearance T OPvalues/UVresistanceoutdoorweatheringtest T OPenvironmentalcompatibility T
2011/12
Chain slings
157
229289
The dimensions can be found on page 165/166 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
vertical lift
WLL kg 2360 3000 5000 8000
choke lift
Nominal size of chain mm 1900 2360 4000 6300 7 8 10 13
PRO
Dimensions of the masterlink mm 12070 14080 16095 190110
A contribution to safety: We identify our chain slings (in the case of delivery and BGR 500 test) with a tag showing the due date of the next test so that you do not miss any of these legally prescribed dates. Further information on our inspection service is given on pages 208 209.
for you w ith corrosion proven super protection XLL (eXtreme ly-Long-L ife) in black
HIT PRO
The dimensions can be found on page 166 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
vertical lift
WLL kg 2360 3000 5000 8000
choke lift
Nominal size of chain mm 1900 2360 4000 6300 7 8 10 13
PRO
Dimensions of the masterlink mm 12070 14080 16095 190110
158
2011/12
The dimensions can be found on page 165 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
reeved sling
PRO
The dimensions can be found on page 165 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
reeved sling
Nominal size of chain mm 7 8 10 13
PRO
Dimensions of the masterlink mm 160110 160110 190130 230150
2011/12
Chain slings
159
for you w ith corrosion proven super protection XLL (eXtr emly-Lon g-Life) in black
HIT PRO
EXtremely convincing reasons! Additional value with the new super corrosion prevention from Pfeifer XLL (eXtremely Long Life) OP corrosion resistance in salt spray testing acc. to DIN 50021. T = greater durability than previously, even in comparison with powdercoated chains! OP adhesive strength as specified in cross-cut test ISO 2409, T DIN 53 151, ASTM 3002, ASTD 3359 (abrasion resistance of coating, impact strength etc. ) = no problem of abrasion or flaking (as with powder coating) resulting in troublesome paint particles e. g. on machines! OP suitability for electromagnetic crack detection ("fluxing") due T to thin coating layer = greater safety than painted or powder-coated chains. OP ease of identifying the grade stamps W or 10 due to thin T coating OPappearance T OPvalues/UVresistanceoutdoorweatheringtest T OPenvironmentalcompatibility T
The dimensions can be found on page 165 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
PRO
WLL kg 045 4560 045 4560 3350 4250 7100 11200 2360 3000 5000 8000 2650 3350 5600 9000 1900 2360 4000 6300
for you w ith corrosion proven super protection XLL (eXtr emly-Lon g-Life) in black
HIT PRO
EXtremely convincing reasons! Additional value with t corrosion prevention from Pfeifer XLL (eXtremely Lon OP corrosion resistance in salt spray testing ac T = greater durability than previously, even in compa coated chains! OP adhesive strength as specified in cross-cut T DIN 53 151, ASTM 3002, ASTD 3359 (abrasion r coating, impact strength etc. ) = no problem of a (as with powder coating) resulting in troublesome on machines! OP suitability for electromagnetic crack detectio T to thin coating layerbe found on safety than painted The dimensions can = greater page chains. 166 Please always specify the referencestamps W or 1 TOP ease of identifying the grade coating and effective length L when number 1 ordering! TOPappearance OPvalues/UVresistanceoutdoorweathering T OPenvironmentalcompatibility T
PRO
WLL kg 045 4560 045 4560 3350 4250 7100 11200 2360 3000 5000 8000 2650 3350 5600 9000 1900 2360 4000 6300
160
2011/12
The dimensions can be found on page 165/166 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
PRO
WLL kg 045 4560 045 4560 3350 4250 7100 11200 2360 3000 5000 8000 2650 3350 5600 9000 1900 2360 4000 6300
Grade 120
The dimensions can be found on page 166 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
PRO
WLL kg 045 4560 045 4560 3350 4250 7100 11200 2360 3000 5000 8000 2650 3350 5600 9000 1900 2360 4000 6300
for you w ith corrosion proven super protection XLL (eXtr emly-Lon g-Life) in black
HIT PRO
EXtremely convincing reasons! Additional value with the new super corrosion prevention from Pfeifer XLL (eXtremely Long Life) TOP corrosion resistance in salt spray testing acc. to DIN 50021. = greater durability than previously, even in comparison with powdercoated chains! TOP adhesive strength as specified in cross-cut test ISO 2409, DIN 53 151, ASTM 3002, ASTD 3359 (abrasion resistance of coating, impact strength etc. ) = no problem of abrasion or flaking (as with powder coating) resulting in troublesome paint particles e. g. on machines! TOP suitability for electromagnetic crack detection ("fluxing") due to thin coating layer = greater safety than painted or powder-coated chains. TOP ease of identifying the grade stamps W or 10 due to thin coating OPappearance T OPvalues/UVresistanceoutdoorweatheringtest T OPenvironmentalcompatibility T
2011/12
Chain slings
161
The dimensions can be found on page 165 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
PRO
WLL kg 045 5000 6300 10600 17000 4560 3550 4500 7500 11800
The specification of the working load limit for 4-leg suspension gears applies only in the case of symmetrical loading of all legs. In the case of asymmetrical load distribution, only two load-bearing legs may be counted in accordance with BGR 500, chapter 2.8/3.5.3.
A contribution to safety: We identify our chain slings (in the case of delivery and BGR 500 test) with a tag showing the due date of the next test so that you do not miss any of these legally prescribed dates. Further information on our inspection service is given on pages 208 209.
for you w ith corrosion proven super protection XLL (eXtreme ly-Long-L ife) in black
HIT PRO
The dimensions can be found on page 166 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
PRO
WLL kg 045 5000 6300 10600 17000 4560 3550 4500 7500 11800
The specification of the working load limit for 4-leg suspension gears applies only in the case of symmetrical loading of all legs. In the case of asymmetrical load distribution, only two load-bearing legs may be counted in accordance with BGR 500, chapter 2.8/3.5.3.
162
2011/12
The dimensions can be found on page 165/166 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
PRO
WLL kg 045 5000 6300 10600 17000 4560 3550 4500 7500 11800
The specification of the working load limit for 4-leg suspension gears applies only in the case of symmetrical loading of all legs. In the case of asymmetrical load distribution, only two load-bearing legs may be counted in accordance with BGR 500, chapter 2.8/3.5.3. WLL according to type of attachment
The dimensions can be found on page 166 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
PRO
WLL kg 045 5000 6300 10600 17000 4560 3550 4500 7500 11800
The specification of the working load limit for 4-leg suspension gears applies only in the case of symmetrical loading of all legs. In the case of asymmetrical load distribution, only two load-bearing legs may be counted in accordance with BGR 500, chapter 2.8/3.5.3.
for you w ith corrosion proven super protection XLL (eXtr emly-Lon g-Life) in black
HIT PRO
EXtremely convincing reasons! Additional value with the new super corrosion prevention from Pfeifer XLL (eXtremely Long Life) OP corrosion resistance in salt spray testing acc. to DIN 50021. T = greater durability than previously, even in comparison with powdercoated chains! OP adhesive strength as specified in cross-cut test ISO 2409, T DIN 53 151, ASTM 3002, ASTD 3359 (abrasion resistance of coating, impact strength etc. ) = no problem of abrasion or flaking (as with powder coating) resulting in troublesome paint particles e. g. on machines! OP suitability for electromagnetic crack detection ("fluxing") due T to thin coating layer = greater safety than painted or powder-coated chains. OP ease of identifying the grade stamps W or 10 due to thin T coating OPappearance T OPvalues/UVresistanceoutdoorweatheringtest T OPenvironmentalcompatibility T
2011/12
Chain slings
163
PRO
W D
The working load limit specification refers to the maximum working load limit of the component. Please refer to the working load limit table for the working load limits of chain suspension gear.
164
2011/12
W D
T E C
For crane hooks DIN 15401 up to no. 6 up to no. 6 up to no. 10 up to no. 10 up to no. 12 up to no. 25
Dimensions in mm C 54 54 70 70 85 140 D 19 19 27 27 33 38 T 160 160 190 190 230 275 W 95 95 110 110 130 150 E 214 214 260 260 315 415
7 8 10 13
The working load limit specification refers to the maximum working load limit of the component. Please refer to the working load limit table for the working load limits of chain suspension gears.
Dimensions in mm B 47 57 66 84 C 11 12 16 21 D 9 11 13 17 E 51 58 70 95 G 16 21 22 26 S 14 16 20 24
Mounting Montage:
2011/12
Chain slings
165
Reference no. 243291 228968 228969 228970 Reference no. 243292 228975 228976 228977
166
2011/12
2011/12
Chain slings
167
6 to 22 mm
HIGH WORKING
LOAD LIMIT
lings of Chain s ater with gre rade 100 thicknesses g chain nominal st on reque
Quality tag according to EN 818 Chain slings of grade 100 are identified by a ten-sided tag on which the number of legs, the nominal chain thickness and the working load limit are specified.
new!
Min. 25 % greater working load limit than grade 80 enables change to smaller chain dimensions Giving cost saving (up to 30 %) and weight saving (up to 50 %) Longer lifetime due to greater strength Components: grade stamp 10 and powder coating, special colour orange Chain: grade stamp 10 Chains and components as specified in EN 818 and DIN 1677 with higher working load limit Identification mark on chain identification tag as specified in EN 818 Use in temperature range from 40 C to +200 C at 100 % working load limit For sharp edges (radius smaller than nominal chain thickness) we recommend reducing the working load limit of the chain in the selected type of attachment by 50 %
up to 6
up to 45
up to 45
up to 45
45 60
6 8 10 13 16 19 22
The working load limit data (in tonnes) correspond to the use of the chain slings under normal conditions (symmetrical loading of all legs). If the load is distributed asymmetrically: only one leg may be assumed to be bearing the load in the case of 2-leg suspension gears (see single-leg suspension gear) nlytwo load-bearing legs may be counted in the case of 3/4-leg suspension o gears according to BGR 500, chapters 2.8/3.5.3 (see 2-leg suspension gear). When using 2 suspensions devices on one crane hook, the angle of inclination of the attachment devices may not exceed 45.
Additional factors which reduce working load limit such as sharp edges etc. must be taken into account in accordance with the regulations in EN 818. Inspection: The test specifications applicable in each country must be complied with.
Application temperature range: Chain slings grade 100 HIT in accordance with PAS 1061: 100 % working load limit between 40 C and +200 C The criteria for discarding time for chains are also specified in EN 818.
168
2011/12
The dimensions can be found on page 183 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
vertical lift
WLL kg 1400 2500 4000 6700 10000 14000 19000
choke lift
Nominal size of chain mm 1120 2000 3150 5300 8000 11200 15000 6 8 10 13 16 19 22
The dimensions can be found on page 183 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
vertical lift
WLL kg 1400 2500 4000 6700 10000 14000 19000
choke lift
Nominal size of chain mm 1120 2000 3150 5300 8000 11200 15000 6 8 10 13 16 19 22
The dimensions can be found on page 183/182 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
vertical lift
WLL kg 1400 2500 4000 6700 10000 14000 19000
choke lift
Nominal size of chain mm 1120 2000 3150 5300 8000 11200 15000 6 8 10 13 16 19 22
2011/12
Chain slings
169
The dimensions can be found on page 183/182 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
L1
vertical lift
WLL kg 1400 2500 4000 6700 10000 14000 19000
choke lift
Nominal size of chain mm 1120 2000 3150 5300 8000 11200 15000 6 8 10 13 16 19 22
Chain sling, 1-leg with oversized master link and clevis sling hook
Grade 100 Specially for large crane hooks
6 to 22 mm
The dimensions can be found on page 183 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
vertical lift
WLL kg 2500 4000 6700 10000 14000 19000
choke lift
Nominal size of chain mm 2000 3150 5300 8000 11200 15000 8 10 13 16 19 22
170
2011/12
Chain sling, 1-leg, adjustable with oversized master link and clevis sling hook
Grade 100 Specially for large crane hooks
6 to 22 mm
The dimensions can be found on page 183 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
L1
vertical lift
WLL kg 1400 2500 4000 6700 10000
choke lift
Nominal size of chain mm 1120 2000 3150 5300 8000 6 8 10 13 16
The dimensions can be found on page 182 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
vertical lift
WLL kg 1400 2500 4000 6700 10000 14000 19000 1120 2000 3150 5300 8000 11200 15000 Nominal size of chain mm 6 8 10 13 16 19 22
2011/12
Chain slings
171
The dimensions can be found on page 182 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
reeved sling
WLL kg 2240 4000 6300 10600 16000 22400 30000 WLL according to type of attachment
The dimensions can be found on page 181 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
6 to 22 mm
reeved sling
Nominal size of chain mm 6 8 10 13 16 19 22
172
2011/12
The dimensions can be found on page 183 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
6 to 22 mm
WLL kg 045 4560 045 4560 2000 3550 5600 9500 14000 20000 26500 1400 2500 4000 6700 10000 14000 19000 1600 2800 4250 7500 11200 16000 21200 1120 2000 3150 5300 8000 11200 15000
The dimensions can be found on page 183 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
WLL kg 045 4560 045 4560 2000 3550 5600 9500 14000 20000 26500 1400 2500 4000 6700 10000 14000 19000 1600 2800 4250 7500 11200 16000 21200 1120 2000 3150 5300 8000 11200 15000
2011/12
Chain slings
173
207042
The dimensions can be found on page 183/182 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
WLL kg 045 4560 045 4560 2000 3550 5600 9500 14000 20000 26500 1400 2500 4000 6700 10000 14000 19000 1600 2800 4250 7500 11200 16000 21200 1120 2000 3150 5300 8000 11200 15000
The dimensions can be found on page 183/182 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
L1
WLL kg 045 4560 045 4560 2000 3550 5600 9500 14000 20000 26500 1400 2500 4000 6700 10000 14000 19000 1600 2800 4250 7500 11200 16000 21200 1120 2000 3150 5300 8000 11200 15000
Chain sling, 2-leg with oversized master link and clevis sling hook
Grade 100 Specially for large crane hooks
6 to 22 mm
The dimensions can be found on page 183 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
WLL kg 045 4560 045 4560 3550 5600 9500 14000 20000 2500 4000 6700 10000 14000 2800 4250 7500 11200 16000 2000 3150 5300 8000 11200
174
2011/12
Chain sling, 2-leg, adjustable with oversized master link and clevis sling hook
Grade 100 Specially for large crane hooks
6 to 22 mm
The dimensions can be found on page 183 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
L1
WLL kg 045 4560 045 4560 2000 3550 5600 9500 14000 1400 2500 4000 6700 10000 1600 2800 4250 7500 11200 1120 2000 3150 5300 8000
The dimensions can be found on page 182 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
WLL kg 045 2000 3550 5600 9500 14000 20000 26500 4560 1400 2500 4000 6700 10000 14000 19000
231967 231968
2011/12
Chain slings
175
231966
The dimensions can be found on page 183 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
WLL kg 045 3000 5300 8000 14000 21200 30000 40000 4560 2120 3750 6000 10000 15000 21200 28000
The dimensions can be found on page 183 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
WLL kg 045 3000 5300 8000 14000 21200 30000 40000 4560 2120 3750 6000 10000 15000 21200 28000
The dimensions can be found on page 183/182 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
6 to 22 mm
WLL kg 045 3000 5300 8000 14000 21200 30000 4560 2120 3750 6000 10000 15000 21200 28000
176
40000
2011/12
L1
The dimensions can be found on page 183/182 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
WLL kg 045 3000 5300 8000 14000 21200 30000 40000 4560 2120 3750 6000 10000 15000 21200 28000
Chain sling, 4-leg with oversized master link and clevis sling hook
Grade 100 Specially for large crane hooks
6 to 22 mm
The dimensions can be found on page 183 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
WLL kg 045 3000 5300 8000 14000 21200 4560 2120 3750 6000 10000 15000
231895 231897
2011/12
Chain slings
177
231894
Chain sling, 4-leg, adjustable with oversized master link and clevis sling hook
Grade 100 Specially for large crane hooks
6 to 22 mm
L1
The dimensions can be found on page 183 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
WLL kg 045 3000 5300 8000 14000 21200 4560 2120 3750 6000 10000 1500
The dimensions can be found on page 182 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
WLL kg 045 3000 5300 8000 14000 21200 30000 40000 4560 2120 3750 6000 10000 15000 21200 28000
178
2011/12
Load distributor
Our load distributor provides higher working load limit for the same nominal size of rope or chain
Example:
Based on the example of a 4-leg chain suspension of grade 100 (nominal chain size 10 mm, angle of inclination 045) we will demonstrate how you can double the working load limit of your chain. With a theoretically symmetrical load distribution and equal leg length, all 4 legs can be load-bearing. The EN standards regard the 3 and 4 leg suspension gear as equivalent. This gives a working load limit of for suspension gear with 10 mm nominal size of chain Suspension gear without load distributor Suspension gear with load distributor By using a load distributor, small inaccuracies which occur in practice in the arrangement of the lifting points and permitted length tolerances in the legs can be balanced out. Therefore all 4 legs in the balancing area of the load distributor carry the load. This achieves a working load limit of
8,000 kg
With a less exact distribution of lifting points or permitted leg length tolerances, only 2 diagonally-opposite legs carry the load (tilting or swinging of the load on the diagonals) BGR 500 Chapter 2.8/3.5.3. This reduces the working load limit of the 10 mm chain suspension gear to
11,200 kg
5,600 kg
Chain sling, 4-leg, adjustable and load distributor, with clevis sling hook
Grade 100
L1
6 to 22 mm
The dimensions can be found on page 165 Please always specify the reference number and effective length L1 when ordering!
WLL kg 045 4000 7100 11200 18000 28000 40000 53000 4560 2800 5000 8000 13200 20000 28000 35700
2011/12
Chain slings
179
Chain components
Grade 100
X Chain and components programme X 25 % higher working load limit than grade 80 enables change to
smaller chain dimensions.
6 to 22 mm
HIGH WORKING
LOAD LIMIT
X This brings enormous cost and weight savings X Long service life due to higher strength X Components grade 100 complying with EN copmonents grade 100
acc. to 1677 with higher working load limits, powder-coated
X Chain grade 100 complying with EN 818 with higher working load
limit, but temperature resistance is limited to 200 C
Dimensions in mm p 18 24 30 39 48 57 66 W1 min 8.7 10.9 13.5 17.5 21.5 26.6 29.5 W2 max 22.2 28.8 36.0 46.8 57.6 69.4 79.2
For round steel chains with temperature resistance of 40 C to 400 C, please consult Pfeifer.
180
2011/12
6 to 22 mm
Reference no. 207655 207656 207657 207658 207659 207660 207661 207662 207663
8 10 13 16
20 22
20 22
The working load limit specification refers to the maximum working load limit of the component. Please refer to the working load limit table for the working load limits of chain suspension gears.
L D
L1 P1
Master link with intermediate links for 3 and 4-leg chain slings
Grade 100
For nominal size of chain mm 6 8 10 13 16 20 22 WLL kg 4000 5300 8000 14000 21200 33600 39900 Weight kg 1.315 2.320 3.520 6.260 9.560 22.650 25.190 Dimensions in mm D 18 22 26 32 36 50 50 D1 13 16 18 22 26 33 36 L 75 90 100 110 140 190 190 L1 25 34 40 50 65 70 75 P 135 160 180 200 260 350 350
6 to 22 mm
D1
The working load limit specification refers to the maximum working load limit of the component. Please refer to the working load limit table for the working load limits of chain suspension gears.
Grade 100
Connection to the chain with CW link. ND 6/8/10 mm with transition link, ND 13 and 16 mm without transition link.
For nominal size of chain mm 6 8 10 13 16 WLL kg 2500 2500 4000 6700 10000 For crane hooks DIN 15401 up to no. 25 up to no. 25 up to no. 25 up to no. 25 up to no. 25 Weight kg 3,4 3,4 4,8 4,4 6,7 Dimensions in mm D 22 22 27 27 32 E 394 394 410 340 340 T 340 340 340 340 340 W 180 180 180 180 180
2011/12
Chain slings
181
6 to 22 mm
Oversized master link with intermediate links for chain slings, 2-leg
Grade 100
Connection to the chain with CW links.
For nominal size of chain mm 6 8 10 13 16 19 WLL kg NW 045 3550 3550 5600 9500 14000 21200 For crane hooks DIN 15401 up to no. 25 up to no. 25 up to no. 25 up to no. 25 up to no. 25 up to no. 25 Weight kg 3.5 3.5 5.1 8.0 12.3 13.8 Dimensions in mm D 22 22 27 33 40 40 T 340 340 340 340 340 340 W 180 180 180 180 180 180
6 to 22 mm
Oversized master link with intermediate links for chain slings, 4-legs
Grade 100
Connection to the chain with CW links.
For nominal size of chain mm 6 8 10 13 16 WLL kg NW 045 3550 5600 8000 14000 21200 For crane hooks DIN 15401 up to no. 25 up to no. 25 up to no. 25 up to no. 25 up to no. 25 Weight kg 3.5 5.1 8.0 12.3 12.3 Dimensions in mm D 22 27 33 40 40 T 340 340 340 340 340 W 180 180 180 180 180
The specification of the working load limit applies only in the case of symmetrical loading of all legs.
S P C R C
Connecting link
Grade 100 For connecting the chain to master link and other accessories
For nominal size of chain mm 6 8 WLL kg 1400 2500 4000 6700 10000 16000 19000 Weight kg 0.07 0.20 0.35 0.74 1.16 2.05 3.10 Dimensions in mm A 14 18 23 27 33 42 49 C 18 25 30 36 40 46 55 P 8 12 12 20 22 29 30 S 7,5 9,5 12,0 17,0 20,5 25,0 28.0
6 to 22 mm
10 13 16 20 22
Grade 100 For shortening and for loops that must not tighten themselves. For the direct connection to the chain. It can be used as a chain shortener with full working load limit due to its special shape.
For nominal size of chain mm 6 WLL kg 1400 2500 4000 6700 10000 16000 19000 Weight kg 0.20 0.44 0.96 2.10 3.40 5.20 7.80 Dimensions in mm A 8,0 10,0 13,0 17,0 19,0 23,5 26.0 G 22 30 34 47 64 84 85 H 22 28 34 47 60 65 68 R 51 65 80 105 112 118 154
H G
8 10 13 16 20 22
182
2011/12
D O R A
6 to 22 mm
H G
8 10 13 16 20 22
H G
10 13 16 20 22
O D
Safety hook
Grade 100 Closes and locks automatically upon raising the load. With lock release on the back of the hook.
R A T H G
A 28 34 45 51 60 70 80
D 11 12 16 20 27 30 32
G 16 20 25 35 36 60 62
H 21 26 30 40 50 67 70
O 21 25 33 40 50 60 70
T 35 43 56 69 80 90 100
6 to 22 mm
35 43 56 69 80 90 100
2011/12
Chain slings
183
207594
O D
6 to 22 mm
R A H G
6 8 10 13 16
D O R
Foundry hook
Grade 100
H G
10 13 16 20
184
2011/12
For coupling bolts for other hook types, please consult PFEIFER
For coupling bolts for other hook types, please consult PFEIFER
2011/12
Chain slings
185
Grade 80
quality assured European manufacturing carried out by an ISO 9001 company chain and components according to EN 818 and EN 1677 chain bears a manufacturer's mark with identification-no. (10 years retraceability) usable in temperature ranges from 40 C to 200 C with 100 % WLL in the case of sharp edges (radius smaller than nominal size of chain) we recommend that the chains WLL is reduced by 50 % in the selected method of attachment.
186
2011/12
can be combined as desired with ropes, chains, lifting belts and round slings
WARNING: When grade 80 components are combined with special quality class 80 and/or quality grade 100 chains and building components or other attachment systems, it is always the WLL of the weakest construction unit that is relevant for defining the WLL (the wakest component determines the WLL!) Assembly should only be carried out by experts.
For nominal WLL Weight size of chain kg kg mm 6 1120 0.05 8 10 13 16 19 2000 3150 5300 8000 0.09 0.20 0.30 0.70
Dimensions in mm A 7 8 10 13 17 21 B 11 14 17 21 27 33 C 16 20 24 32 40 48 D1 8 10 12 15 19 23 D2 8 10 12 16 20 24 E 24 30 36 49 61 73
11200 1.30
Dimensions in mm B 24 28 30 36 40 48 D 13 16 18 22 25 32 G 35 42 46 55 62 75 L 52 65 72 86 94 116 M 16 20 22 27 30 39
L M G
D 16 23 27 40 50 60 80
800
Large aperture for special applications. Red paint finish According to BGR 500 these hooks may only be used where unintentional unhooking is not possible. Grade 80
D G E
15000
WLL kg 150
Weight kg 0.10 0.25 0.45 0.75 1.40 2.10 3.10 4.00 5.90 7.50 9.70
Dimensions in mm D 10 12 14 16 20 22 26 28 32 36 38 E 115 153 191 229 267 305 331 381 407 432 460 F 28 38 50 63 76 88 101 114 127 139 150 G 28 38 50 63 76 88 101 114 127 139 150
Reference no. 119672 119673 119674 119675 119676 119677 119678 119679 119680 119681 119682
G G
D E
2011/12
Chain slings
187
WLL kg
Weight kg
Dimensions in mm
Reference no.
Galvanised round steel chains according to DIN 766, DIN 763 and 5685
(Do not to use for lifting!) Round steel chain, short link, DIN 766 in 30 m coil
Galvanised True to gauge, tested Chains complying with this standard are used in the entire technical field.
Breaking force kN
d t
Breaking force kN
d t
Breaking force kN
d t
B D
Dimensions in mm B 10 13 14 18 20 D 3.5 5.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 G 5.0 6.5 7.5 10.0 12.0 H 29 39 45 60 69
Nominal size 4 5 6 8 10
Dimensions in mm D 4 5 6 8 10 L 20 23 28 37 38 W 7 9 10 14 17
L D W
188
2011/12
Lifting points
Lifting points: General information ................ 190 Swivelling lifting points ........... 191 Lifting points rotatable under load ............................... 196 Welding points ........................ 204 Eyebolts .................................. 205 Insulating swivels ................... 206
Comprehensive product range from a large number of manufacturers In the following you will find the correct lifting point for almost every application. The product range from a large number of manufacturers enables you to make the most cost effective selection. TOP in special solutions Cant find the right solution for your application? We are happy to develop a suitable solution for you, even for small quantities. We will find a solution, whether for special thread standards, thread lengths, thread pitches or completely different shapes. Thinking ahead... Many lifting points have an individual serial number for secure test documentation. We see ourselves as pioneers in this. Free 3D design data are available in many cases.
189
2011/12
Number of lifting points Dimensioning taking account of the number of attachment legs (1, 2, 3 or 4 legs) and the angle of inclination. Lifting point turnability Does the lifting point need to be rotatable under load (e.g. for turning loads) or does the pulling direction only have to be adjusted in the unloaded state. Dimensions Is the space for the lifting point limited?
Type of attachment
Pay attention to the pulling direction when making the selection. The correct choice can reduce the necessary thread size and thus lower the weight and cost. Is the load on the lifting point to the side or straight up? The most suitable types for side attachment are the HIT lifting eye, AP 90 (neither rotatable under load) or the HIT SNS and SNB bolt-on swivels. The HIT rotatable eyebolt and the AP 0 lifting point (neither rotatable under load) plus the bolt-on swivel G10 or AP 3+ are particularly suitable for a straight pull.
aligns with the pulling direction. In addition, bolt-on swivel attachments remain rotatable under load which is important for e.g. turning procedures. There are also lifting points which can be aligned in the direction of pull after assembly when not under load. These are the HIT rotatable eyebolt, HIT lifting eye, AP 90 lifting point, AP 0 lifting point. This functionality is of importance if more than one lifting point is used for the lift. Dangerous uneven loading is thus reliably avoided. Fixed lifting points such as the high-tensile eyebolt should only be used when it is ensured that these are only loaded in the prescribed direction. This can generally only be guaranteed with 1-leg operation, i. e. when the direction of pull is straight upwards. In multi-leg operation a dangerous uneven loading is almost inevitable.
Multi-leg operation / Angle of The weldable products are cheaper in comparison with the screw-type. inclination
The force acting on the lifting point increases when the load is applied at an angle. Example: Weight on the lifting point 1,000 kg. With an angle of 45 a force of approx. 1,400 kg will act on the lifting point. Key data for the permitted load with differing types of attachment, angles and asymmetry are given on the following pages for each type of lifting point. We are happy to calculate exact values for your specific application on request. Just contact us!
Screw-type lifting points can be locked using a washer and nut. The length of a standard nut according to DIN is sufficient for the total working load limit (minimum screw depth for tool steel is 1x thread diameter). The nut strength must be 10.9 a washer must be used.
meters that all para Please note en in to be se ! are always one another ection with conn
We will be only too pleased to assist you in selecting the optimum lifting point for your application! Just contact us! Talk to your sales advisor or give us a call on: +49 (0) 83 31-937-112 We look forward to hearing from you.
190
2011/12
The problem frequently arises in practice that, after assembly, the eye of the L eyebolt is not positioned correctly. The result: The stress is not at the eye level M during the lifting operation. This is not E permitted for reasons of safety! G After tightening, the ring of the HIT rotatable eyebolt can be turned in the direction of pull. In this way, a possible hazard is avoided.
WLL kg 400 400 750 1500 2300 3200 4500 7000 9000 12000 Thread M8 M 10 M 12 M 16 M 20 M 24 M 30 M 36 M 42 M 48 Weight approx. kg 0.25 0.25 0.39 0.73 0.92 1.73 3.50 2.15 4.15 6.20 Dimensions in mm A 52.5 52.5 62.4 71.5 79.9 96.9 123.9 124.9 148.0 164.9 B 12 12 14 16 18 23 27 37 40 45 C 8.5 8.5 8.5 15.0 17.0 20.0 28.0 38.0 41.0 47.0 D 25 25 30 35 40 48 60 80 90 95 E 32 32 44 56 58 73 80 95 105 120 G 34 34 46 60 60 76 84 99 114 129 K 49 49 58 67 76 94 114 154 170 185 L 15 15 18 24 30 36 45 54 63 72 Reference no. 218897 218898 218899 218900 218901 218902 218903 218904 218905 218906
G G GG G
G G
GG
G G GG G
G G
G G G G GGG
GG GG
GGG
G G
1 0 1 1 2 4 6 8 12 16 24 32
1 90 0.4 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.3 3.2 4.5 7.0 9.0 12.0
2 0 2 2 4 8 12 16 24 32 48 64
2 90 0.8 0.8 1.5 3.0 4.6 6.4 9.0 14.0 18.0 24.0
2 symmetr. 0 45 0.56 0.56 1.0 2.0 3.22 4.48 6.3 9.8 12.6 16.8 45 60 0.4 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.3 3.2 4.5 7.0 9.0 12
3 & 4 symmetr. 0 45 0.84 0.84 1.6 3.15 4.83 6.7 9.4 14,7 18.9 25.2 45 60 0.6 0.6 1.12 2.25 3.45 4.8 6.7 10.5 13.5 18.0
2 asymm. 0.4 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.3 3.2 4.5 7.0 9.0 12.0
3 & 4 asymm. 0.4 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.3 3.2 4.5 7.0 9.0 12.0
2011/12
Lifting points
191
new!
X High working load limits when lifted laterally! X Loadable all round X Spring-loaded screw can be D
screwed in without tools! Tool is only needed for tightening!
E G F N H
WLL kg 300 630 1000 1500 2500 4000 6000 8000 10000 20000 Weight approx. kg 0.48 0.52 0.58 0.60 1.00 2.81 2.96 5.91 6.16 11.70
B A
360 rotatable and 180 vertically tiltable (not under load) Orange paint finish Safety factor 4:1
K
Dimensions in mm A 45 45 45 45 54 75 75 93 93 115 B 67 67 67 67 81 115 115 147 147 181 C 40 40 40 40 50 67 67 85 85 105 D 11 11 11 11 13 20 20 27 27 33 E 44 44 44 44 57 70 70 90 90 115 F 70 70 70 70 70 87 99 117 126 165 G 91 91 91 91 107 138 138 180 180 238 H 23 23 23 23 33 45 45 52 52 63 K 55 55 55 55 67 100 100 120 120 150 N 33 33 33 33 33 37 50 54 63 73 Reference no. 237072 237073 237074 237075 237076 237077 237078 237079 237080 237081
Thread M8 M 10 M 12 M 16 M 20 M 24 M 30 M 36 M 42 M 48
1 0 0.3 0.6 1.0 1.5 2.5 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 20.0
1 90 0.3 0.6 1.0 1.5 2.5 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 20.0
2 0 0.6 1.3 2.0 3.0 5.0 8.0 12.0 16.0 20.0 40.0
2 90 0.6 1.3 2.0 3.0 5.0 8.0 12.0 16.0 20.0 40.0
2 symmetrically 0 45 0.4 0.9 1.4 2.1 3.5 5.6 8.5 11.2 14.0 28.0 45 60 0.3 0.6 1.0 1.5 2.5 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 20.0
3 & 4 symmetrically 0 45 0.6 1.3 2.1 3.1 5.2 8.4 12.7 16.8 21.0 42.0 45 60 0.4 0.9 1.5 2.2 3.7 6.0 9.0 12.0 15.0 30.0
2, 3 & 4 asymm 0.3 0.6 1.0 1.5 2.5 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 20.0
192
2011/12
WLL kg 500 800 1500 2500 4000 4000 5300 6000 8000
Weight approx. kg 0.70 0.71 0.76 0.73 0.76 2.60 2.70 2.76 2.81
Dimensions in mm A 69 69 69 69 69 104 104 104 104 B 50 50 50 50 50 76 76 76 76 C 48 48 48 48 48 72 72 72 72 D 13 13 13 13 13 18 18 18 18 E 28 28 28 28 31 39 39 39 45 F 100 100 100 100 102 147 147 147 103 G 12 17 27 42 49 41 51 51 57 I 52 51 49 46 42 74 72 70 61 S 34 34 34 34 34 58 58 58 58
Reference no. 181056 181057 181058 181059 237099 188971 188972 188973 237100
Flat design
Link lockable
360 rotatable
180 tiltable
G GG
GG
G GG
G G
GG
G G
2 symmetrically 0 45 0.70 1.12 2.00 3.35 5.60 5.60 7.10 8.00 11.2 45 60 0.5 0.8 1.5 2.5 4.0 4.0 5.3 6.0 8.00
3 & 4 symmetrically 0 45 1.00 1.60 3.15 5.00 8.00 8.00 11.20 12.50 16.80 45 60 0.70 1.12 2.24 3.00 6.00 6.00 8.00 9.00 12.00
2 asymm. 0.5 0.8 1.5 2.5 4.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 8.00
3&4 asymm. 0.5 0.8 1.5 2.5 4.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 8.00
2011/12
Lifting points
193
X Extremely small design X Loadable all round X The lifting point turns automatically into the pulling direction
WLL kg 300 500 750 1500 2500 3500 6000 8000 14000 16000
Bolt Size M8 M 10 M 12 M 16 M 20 M 24 M 30 M 36 M 42 M 48
Weight approx. kg 0.3 0.3 0.9 0.9 2.8 2.8 7.0 7.3 14.0 14.9
Dimensions in mm B 42 42 57 57 83 83 114 114 149 149 D 12 12 19 19 28 28 34 34 40 40 G 35.0 34.0 46.5 44.0 56.0 53.0 69.5 69.5 90.0 86.0 H 60 60 85 85 111 111 144 144 185 185 L 15.0 20.0 19.0 24.0 32.0 37.0 49.5 61.0 65.0 75.0 L2 26 31 40 50 67 77
Reference no. 166194 166195 166196 166197 166198 166199 200053 200054 217120 217121
GG G G
GG
GG
GG
GG
GG
GG
GG
1 0 0.60* 1.00* 1.50* 3.00* 5.00* 7.00* 12.00* 16.00* 16.00* 20.00*
1 90 0.30 0.50 0.75 1.50 2.50 3.50 6.00 8.00 14.00 16.00
2 0 1.20* 2.00* 3.00* 6.00* 10.00* 14.00* 24.00* 32.00* 32.00* 40.00*
2 90 0.60 1.00 1.50 3.00 5.00 7.00 12.00 16.00 28.00 32.00
2 symmetrically 0 45 0.42 0.70 1.00 2.10 3.50 4.90 8.40 11.20 19.60 22.40 45 60 0.30 0.50 0.75 1.50 2.50 3.50 6.00 8.00 14.00 16.00
3 & 4 symmetrically 0 45 0.63 1.05 1.60 3.15 5.25 7.35 12.60 16.80 29.40 33.60 45 60 0.45 0.75 1.13 2.25 3.75 5.25 9.00 12.00 21.00 24.00
2 asymm. 0.30 0.50 0.75 1.50 2.50 3.50 6.00 8.00 14.00 16.00
3&4 asymm. 0.30 0.50 0.75 1.50 2.50 3.50 6.00 8.00 14.00 16.00
* These working load limits are possible if the load direction is in a direct line with the thread as shown in the drawing. Axial loading or bending must be fundamentally ruled out here!
194
2011/12
new!
X High working load limits when attached in-line or laterally! G X 360 rotatable and 180 vertically tiltable (not under load)
High-tensile bolt strength class 10.9 Orange paint finish Safety factor 4:1
F E
A B M C
WLL kg 300 600 1000 1300 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000 5000 6300 8000 10000 12500 15000
Thread M8 M 10 M 12 M 14 M 16 M 18 M 20 M 22 M 24 M 27 M 30 M 33 M 36 M 42 M 48
Weight approx. kg 0.30 0.31 0.32 1.03 1.04 1.07 1.08 3.52 3.55 3.60 3.68 14.32 14.43 14.72 15.03
Dimensions in mm A 27.8 27.8 27.8 43.2 43.2 43.2 43.2 64.1 64.1 64.1 64.1 106.3 106.3 106.3 106.3 B 14.2 16.2 18.2 22.3 24.3 27.3 30.3 33.4 36.4 40.4 45.4 53.7 58.7 68.7 73.7 C 30.0 30.0 30.0 45.0 45.0 45.0 45.0 67.5 67.5 67.5 67.5 108.0 108.0 108.0 108.0 D 30.2 30.2 30.2 45.0 45.0 45.0 45.0 67.8 67.8 67.8 67.8 108.8 108.8 108.8 108.8 E 38 38 38 55 55 55 55 85 85 85 85 132 132 132 132 F 17.5 17.5 17.5 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.5 60.0 60.0 60.0 60.0 G 27 27 27 38 38 38 38 58 58 58 58 91 91 91 91
Reference no. 237178 237179 237180 237182 237183 237184 237185 237186 237187 237188 237189 237190 237191 237192 237193
1 0 0.5 1.0 1.3 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.0 4.5 5.5 6.0 6.5 9.0 11.0 13.5 16.0
1 90 0.3 0.6 1.0 1.3 1.6 2.0 2.5 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.3 8.0 10.0 12.5 15.0
2 0 1.0 2.0 2.6 4.0 5.0 6.0 6.0 9.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 18.0 22.0 27.0 32.0
2 90 0.6 1.2 2.0 2.6 3.2 4.0 5.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.6 16.0 20.0 25.0 30.0
2 symmetrically 0 45 0.4 0.8 1.4 1.8 2.2 2.8 3.5 4.2 5.6 7.0 8.8 11.0 14.0 17.5 21.0 45 60 0.3 0.6 1.0 1.3 1.6 2.0 2.5 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.3 8.0 10.0 12.5 15.0
3 & 4 symmetrically 0 45 0.6 1.3 2.1 2.7 3.4 4.2 5.3 6.3 8.4 10.5 13.2 16.5 21.0 26.3 32.0 45 60 0.5 0.9 1.5 2.0 2.4 3.0 3.8 4.0 6.0 7.5 9.5 12.0 15.0 18.8 22.5
2, 3 & 4 asymm 0.3 0.6 1.0 1.3 1.6 2.0 2.5 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.3 8.0 10.0 12.5 15.0
M8 M10 M12 M14 M16 M18 M20 M22 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M42 M48
2011/12
Lifting points
195
S2 G
Dimensions in mm Weight approx. kg 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 2.6 2.6 2.7 2.7
L1
Thread M8 M 10 M 12 M 14 M 16 M 18 M 20 M 22 M 24 M 27 M 30
Pitch 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.00 2.50 2.50 2.50 3.00 3.00 3.50
A 33 33 33 45 45 45 45 63 62 62 62
B 30 30 30 42 42 42 42 55 55 55 55
C 30 30 30 45 45 45 45 60 60 60 60
D 38 38 38 54 54 54 54 83 83 83 83
E 27 27 27 38 38 38 38 55 55 55 55
F 14 14 14 17 17 17 17 25 25 25 25
L1 14 17 21 23 27 27 30 33 36 40 45
S1 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 14 14 14 14
S2 16 16 16 20 20 20 20 24 24 24 24
Reference no. 217043 217044 217045 217046 217047 217048 217049 217050 217051 217052 217053
Stainless steel version and imperial thread available as standard. Please enquire!
G G G
G G
G G
G G G
G GG
G G
G G G
G G
1 0 0.6 1.0 1.5 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.2 5.0 5.0 6.3
1 90 0.3 0.6 1.0 1.3 1.6 2.0 2.5 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.3
2 0 1.2 2.0 3.0 5.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.4 10.0 10.0 12.6
2 90 0.6 1.2 2.0 2.6 3.2 4.0 5.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.6
2 symmetrically 0 45 0.4 0.8 1.4 1.8 2.2 2.8 3.5 4.2 5.6 7.0 8.8 45 60 0.3 0.6 1.0 1.3 1.6 2.0 2,5 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.3
3 & 4 symmetrically 0 45 0.6 1.3 2.1 2.7 3.4 4.2 5.3 6.3 8.4 10.5 13.2 45 60 0.5 0.9 1.5 2.0 2.4 3.0 3.8 4.5 6.0 7.5 9.5
2, 3 & 4 asymm.
0.3 0.6 1.0 1.3 1.6 2.0 2.5 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.3
196
2011/12
180
360
G C M
A
WLL kg 8000 10000 10000 12500 15000 20000 20000 25000 32100 32100 32100 35000 40000 45000 50000
L
Tightening torque Nm 250 320 320 400 400 600 600 600 600 600 600 700 800 900 1000
S F
Dimensions in mm A 61 61 61 61 61 79 79 79 79 79 79 90 90 90 90 B 31 31 31 31 31 38 38 38 38 38 38 44 44 44 44 C 70 70 70 70 70 90 90 90 95 95 95 140 140 140 140 D 104 104 104 104 104 125 125 125 125 125 125 195 195 195 195 E 73 73 73 73 73 91 91 91 91 91 91 143 143 143 143 F 145 145 145 145 145 184 184 184 184 184 184 278 278 278 278 G 29 29 29 29 29 33 33 33 33 33 33 59 59 59 59 L1 50 54 58 63 63 68 68 78 90 90 90 110 120 135 150 Weight Reference approx. kg no. 5.5 5.5 5.7 5.8 5.7 11.0 11.0 11.3 12.2 15.0 16.5 43.0 44.5 46.5 49.0 217065 217066 217067 217068 217069 217070 217071 217072 217073 217074 217075 237605 237606 237607 237608
Pitch 3.5 4.0 4.0 4.5 4.5 5.0 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0
Other thread pitches and imperial threads available as standard. Please enquire! All versions can be manufactured according to individual customer requirements, please enquire.
2011/12
Lifting points
197
1 0 8.0 10.0 10.0 12.5 15.0 20.0 20.0 25.0 32.1 32.1 32.1 35.0 40.0 45.0 50.0
1 90 8.0 10.0 10.0 12.5 15.0 20.0 20.0 25.0 32.1 32.1 32.1 35.0 40.0 45.0 50.0
2 0 16.0 20.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 40.0 40.0 50.0 64.2 64.2 64.2 70.0 80.0 90.0 100.0
2 90 16.0 20.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 40.0 40.0 50.0 64.2 64.2 64.2 70.0 80.0 90.0 100.0
2 symmetrically 0 45 11.2 14.0 14.0 17.5 21.0 28.0 28.0 35.0 44.9 44.9 44.9 49.0 56.0 63.0 70.0 45 60 8.0 10.0 10.0 12.5 15.0 20.0 20.0 25.0 32.1 32.1 32.1 35.0 40.0 45.0 50.0
3 & 4 symmetrically 0 45 16.8 21.0 21.0 26.3 31.5 42.0 42.0 52.5 67.4 67.4 67.4 73.5 84.0 94.5 105.0 45 60 12.0 15.0 15.0 18.8 22.5 30.0 30.0 37.5 48.2 48.2 48.2 52.5 60.0 67.5 75.0
2, 3 & 4 asymm.
8.0 10.0 10.0 12.5 15.0 20.0 20.0 25.0 32.1 32.1 32.1 35.0 40.0 45.0 50.0
198
2011/12
new!
E F D C K
Dimensions in mm B 56 56 56 56 66 66 76 76 80 94 94 117 117 117 117 117 122 122 122 C 16 18 18 20 30 30 30 35 35 35 50 60 60 60 60 60 110 110 150 D 43 43 43 43 62 62 64 64 82 90 91 109 109 109 109 130 135 135 135 E 44 44 44 44 50 50 67 67 57 89 89 104 104 104 104 104 110 110 110 F 127 129 129 129 178 178 197 197 222 262 313 335 335 335 335 335 364 364 364 G 30 30 30 30 34 34 40 40 40 50 50 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 H 13 13 13 13 16 16 18 18 20 22 22 26 26 26 26 26 28 28 28 K 36 36 36 36 57 57 57 57 80 80 80 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 SW 30 30 30 30 45 45 46 46 65 65 65 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 Reference no. 237102 237103 237104 237105 237106 237108 237109 237110 237112 237113 237114 237115 241968 237116 237117 237118 237119
SW
237120
2011/12
Lifting points
199
237759
1 0 0.6 1.0 1.4 2.8 2.8 5.0 7.0 7.0 12.0 16.0 17.5 17.5 20.0 22.0 22.0 24.0 26.0 28.0 32.0
1 90 0.3 0.5 0.7 1.4 1.4 2.5 3.5 3.5 6.7 9.5 12.5 12.5 16.0 17.0 17.0 20.0 22.0 24.0 30.0
2 0 1.2 2.0 2.8 5.6 5.6 10.0 14.0 14.0 24.0 32.0 35.0 35.0 40.0 44.0 44.0 48.0 52.0 56.0 64.0
2 90 0.6 1.0 1.4 2.8 2.8 5.0 7.0 7.0 13.4 19.0 25.0 25.0 32.0 34.0 34.0 40.0 44.0 48.0 60.0
2 symmetrically 0-45 0.4 0.7 1.0 2.0 2.0 3.5 4.9 4.9 9.4 13.3 17.5 17.5 22.4 23.8 23.8 28.0 30.8 33.6 42.0 45-60 0.3 0.5 0.7 1.4 1.4 2.5 3.5 3.5 6.7 9.5 12.5 12.5 16.0 17.0 17.0 20.0 22.0 24.0 30.0
3 & 4 symmetrically 0-45 0.6 1.1 1.5 2.9 2.9 5.3 7.4 7.4 14.1 20.0 26.3 26.3 33.6 35.7 35.7 42.0 46.2 50.4 63.0 45-60 0.4 0.7 1.1 2.1 2.1 3.8 5.3 5.3 10.1 14.3 18.8 18.8 24.0 25.5 25.5 30.0 33.0 36.0 45.0
2, 3 & 4 asymm. 0.3 0.5 0.7 1.4 1.4 2.5 3.5 3.5 6.7 9.5 12.5 12.5 16.0 17.0 17.0 20.0 22.0 24.0 30.0
200
2011/12
t1 g e d b
SW
WLL kg 500 700 1000 1400 2500 4000 6700 8000 10000 12500 12500 12500 13000 17000 17000 18000 20000
Thread d M 10 M 12 M 14 M 16 M 20 M 24 M 30 M 30 M 36 M 42 M 45 M 48 M 42 M 45 M 48 M 56 M 64 e 18 18 20 20 30 30 35 35 50 60 60 72 60 60 60 78 96
Weight approx. kg 0.43 0.43 0.43 0.44 0.98 1.35 2.51 3.59 3.72 3.91 4.03 4.23 7.34 7.50 7.57 8.00 8.85
Dimensions in mm b 36.5 36.5 36.5 36.5 52.0 57.0 70.0 81.0 81.0 81.0 81.0 81.0 104.0 104.0 104.0 104.0 104.0 g 48.0 48.0 48.0 48.0 67.0 75.0 94.5 106.0 106.0 106.0 106.0 106.0 127.0 127.0 127.0 127.0 127.0 SW 34 34 34 34 46 50 65 75 75 75 75 75 95 95 95 95 95 t 41 41 41 41 57 63 78 86 86 86 86 86 106 106 106 106 106
Ring dimension Reference no. t1bi 135532 135532 135532 135532 167034 188545 208545 2311560 2311560 2311560 2311560 2311560 3014070 3014070 3014070 3014070 3014070 222669 217109 237260 217110 217111 217112 217114 237261 237262 230259 237263 237264 237265 237266 233867 237267 237268
2011/12
Lifting points
201
1 0 1.0 1.4 2.0 2.8 5.0 8.0 12.0 12.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.0
1 90 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 2.5 4.0 6.7 8.0 10.0 12.5 12.5 12.5 13.0 17.0 17.0 18.0 20.0
2 0 2.0 2.8 4.0 5.6 10.0 16.0 24.0 24.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 40.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0
2 90 1.0 1.4 2.0 2.8 5.0 8.0 13.4 16.0 20.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 26.0 34.0 34.0 36.0 40.0
2 symmetrically 0 45 0.7 1.0 1.4 2.0 3.6 5.6 9.5 11.2 14.0 17.0 17.0 17.0 18.0 23.5 23.5 25.0 28.0 45 60 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 2.5 4.0 6.7 8.0 10.0 12.5 12.5 12.5 13.0 17.0 17.0 18.0 20.0
3 & 4 symmetrically 0 45 1.0 1.4 2.1 3.0 5.3 8.5 14.0 16.0 21.2 25.0 25.0 25.0 27.0 35.0 35.0 37.5 40.0 45 60 0.8 1.0 1.5 2.1 3.8 6.0 10.0 12.0 15.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 19.0 25.0 25.0 26.5 30.0
2, 3 & 4 asymm. 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 2.5 4.0 6.7 8.0 10.0 12.5 12.5 12.5 13.0 17.0 17.0 18.0 20.0
Bolt-on eye with individual hole pattern! Working load limit 32.25 tonnes
Have it individually adapted or adapt it yourself.
202
2011/12
SW C
E B
X Attractive price/performance
ratio
WLL kg 200 300 500 1120 2000 3150 5300 8000 10000 10000 10000 15000 15000 15000 15000 20000 20000 31500
Bolt Size M8 M 10 M 12 M 16 M 20 M 24 M 30 M 30 M 36 M 42 M 48 M 45 M 48 M 56 M 64 M 64 M 72 M 90
Weight approx. kg 0.42 0.43 0.44 0.45 1.05 1.40 2.20 3.50 3.70 4.00 4.30 7.30 7.50 9.80 8.31 17.70 22.50 22.50
Dimensions in mm Oval link 5530 5530 5530 5530 7034 8540 8540 11550 11550 11550 11550 14065 14065 14065 14065 17075 17075 17080 B 36 36 36 36 57 57 70 80 80 80 80 104 104 104 104 129 104 148 C 14 14 14 14 18 20 24 27 27 27 27 32 32 32 32 45 39 50 D 13 13 13 13 16 18 20 22 22 22 22 26 28 28 26 36 36 40 E 18 18 18 20 30 30 35 35 50 60 75 60 60 60 96 110 110 150 SW 30 30 30 30 45 46 65 65 65 65 65 80 80 80 80 105 80 115 T 43 43 43 43 62 64 82 90 91 94 94 109 114 114 109 150 120 172
Reference no. 154408 153843 120648 120649 120650 120651 120652 120653 120654 186955 179066 120655 225905 218422 171961 161328 237218 161329
1 0 0.4 0.6 1.0 2.0 4.0 6.3 10.6 12.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 22.4 22.4 22.4 22.4 25.0 25.0 40.0
1 90 0.2 0.3 0.5 1.1 2.0 3.1 5.3 8.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 20.0 20.0 31.5
2 0 0.8 1.2 2.0 4.0 8.0 12.6 21.2 24.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 44.8 44.8 44.8 44.8 50.0 50.0 80.0
2 90 0.4 0.6 1.0 2.2 4.0 6.2 10.6 16.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 40.0 40.0 63.0
2 symmetrically 0 45 0.3 0.4 0.7 1.6 2.8 4.4 7.4 11.2 14.0 14.0 14.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 28.0 28.0 44.1 45 60 0.2 0.3 0.5 1.1 2.0 3.1 5.3 8.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 20.0 20.0 31.5
3; 4 symmetrically 0 45 0.4 0.6 1.1 2.4 4.2 6.6 11.1 16.8 21.0 21.0 21.0 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5 42.0 42.0 66.2 45 60 0.3 0.5 0.8 1.7 3.0 4.7 8.0 12.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 30.0 30.0 47.3
2, 3 & 4 asymm. 0.2 0.3 0.5 1.1 2.0 3.1 5.3 10.0 10.0 10.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 20.0 20.0 31.5
2011/12
Lifting points
203
8.0
Welding points
Welding eye
With quadruple protection against breakage in all load directions. Ring painted red. Grade 80 Material of the welding eye holder ST 52-3.
B D
T E
C
WLL kg 1120 2000 3150 5300 8000 15000 Weight approx. kg 0.4 0.4 0.8 1.6 2.6 5.4
A
Dimensions in mm A 35 37 49 60 75 90 B 56 70 79 99 122 165 C 36 38 42 50 65 90 D 13 14 17 22 26 34 E 39 40 43 60 71 90 F 89 92 106 135 164 216 T 37 38 46 53 67 92 Reference no. 146454 146455 120637 120638 120639 120640
G GG
GG G
G G
G G
G G GG
G G
GG
G G
2 symmetrically 0 45 1.50 2.80 4.25 7.10 11.20 21.20 45 60 1.12 2.00 3.15 5.30 8.00 15.00
3 & 4 symmetrically 0 45 2.36 4.00 6.30 11.20 16.00 31.50 45 60 1.60 3.00 4.75 8.00 12.00 22.40
Bolt-on eye
With quadruple protection against breakage in all load directions. Ring painted red. Grade 80 Bolts are not included in the scope of supply. CAUTION: The minimum quality of the hexagonal-head bolts to be used according to DIN EN 4017 (DIN 933) is 8.8 crack-tested (at 3150/5000/8000 kg) and 10.9 crack-tested (at 15000/20000/25000 kg).
B D T E A
H C
Dimensions in mm A 12 15 20 40 50 50 B 92 111 132 139 180 180 C 50 60 70 72 90 90 D 18 22 26 32 40 40 E 34 42 55 90 116 116 F 130 160 190 255 295 295 G 90 110 130 175 200 200 H 21 25 28 39 45 45 T 53 63 68 110 140 140
204
2011/12
GG G
GG G
G G
G G
G GG G
G G
GG
G G
2 symmetrically 0 45 4.25 7.10 11.20 21.00 28.00 35.00 45 60 3.15 5.30 8.00 15.00 20.00 25.00
3 & 4 symmetrically 0 45 6.3 11.2 16.0 31.5 42.0 52.5 45 60 4.75 8.00 12.00 22.50 30.00 37.50
Eyebolts
Eyebolts, high-tensile 8.8
Painted red.
WLL kg at 0 400 800 1000 1600 3000 4000 5000 6000 8000 10000 12000 at 90 100 200 250 400 750 1000 1250 1500 2000 2500 3000 Bolt DL M 6 13 M 8 13 M 10 17 M 12 21 M 14 21 M 16 27 M 18 27 M 20 30 M 24 36 M 27 45 M 30 45 Weight approx. kg 0.09 0.09 0.11 0.27 0.29 0.31 0.84 0.86 0.90 1.66 1.70 Dimensions in mm A 25 25 25 35 35 35 50 50 50 60 60 B 45 45 45 63 63 63 90 90 90 108 108 C 25 25 25 35 35 35 50 50 50 65 65 F 10 10 10 14 14 14 20 20 20 24 24 H 45 45 45 62 62 62 90 90 90 109 109 Reference no. 201658 201659 201660 201661 201662 201663 201664 201665 201666 201667 201668
The specified working load limits only apply if: 1) the ring of the bolt is in line with the load direction. 2) the bolt is firmly screwed in to the end of the thread (to the stop of the bolt).
Welding hooks
Painted version. Excavators equipped with weld-on hooks provide practical assistance for the fast relocation of loads on any building site.
B
F
C E
WLL kg 1120 2000 3000 5000 8000 10000 Weight approx. kg 0.48 0.85 1.12 2.50 3.20 5.20
J
Dimensions in mm Reference no. 215923 215924 215925 215926 215927 215928
G 20 22 24 30 39 39
J 25 34 36 45 51 53
2011/12
Lifting points
205
Insulating swivels
X Simple connection with chains
or ropes
B E
B E
B2
8 10 13 16 19
B L
B2
10 13 16 19
206
2011/12
We guarantee first-class prompt supply from our extensive stock of ropes and rope accessories. We will supply you with the correct rope for your application based on our experience with the most varied range of rope applications. You will be spending your money wisely with PFEIFER as an assembler and manufacturer we know the rope business and can advise you accordingly. Top quality manufacture through the combination of manual skill and industrial production conditions. Our ropes can be attached to any connection as we will design a suitable rope connection for you. 207
2011/12
Craftsmanship
Signet darf nie beim Logo stehen, immer weiter weg. Pouring on ropes up to 160 mmDies ist kein diameter Poured rope connections attain a load transmission of 100 % of Logo-zusatz the minimum breaking load of the rope and can be the right
connection method for your rope application. Pouring ropes is a complex process which requires both manual skill and experience.
We can also splice according to your requirements on site (e. g. in the smelting works, at the cable car, at conveyor systems, etc.).
208
2011/12
Industry
Quality Assurance
Galvanisation We test the galvanising of our ropes and can guarantee the approved galvanisation class. Minimum breaking loads The minimum breaking load of a rope is a safety-related factor which must be complied with when choosing a rope. To guarantee high quality, ropes can be broken on our tensile testing systems with up to 6,000 kN force.
Your special requirements We are happy to meet your special requirements for product quality, e. g. we can guarantee electrostatic discharge of our products if necessary.
2011/12
PFEIFER more than just an assembler. As a manufacturer, we know what it all depends on.
PFEIFER 430 years of experience in the rope trade
PFEIFER-DRAKO more than 150 years experience in rope manufacture + advanced rope assembly
PFEIFER rope expertise in: Application technology Fitting technology Range of steel wire rope
210
2011/12
We manufacture ropes
PFEIFER-DRAKO is a global market leader in the lifting rope sector We have a broad range of high performance ropes for industrial requirements and mining which meet the highest safety standards Now with advanced manufacturing technology and an additional 16,000 m production area
Galvanisation
Different applications place different demands on the corrosion protection. Many galvanisation qualities are available on the market that do not come up to the requirements of individual applications.
We are authorised to issue the relevant works and acceptance test certificates for all types of ropes. These certificates demonstrate that official requirements are met in accordance with the standards.
2011/12
We are one of the few suppliers who measure the galvanisation quality in our own test laboratory and can supply unusual customer requests.
Rope range
Deck cranes
Lifts
Overhead cranes Harbour cranes Grabs, Winches Shelf-operating devices Loaders Mobile cranes and your particular application
Construction cranes
212
2011/12
Stock range
We stock the largest range in the trade
Type of rope
resistant to rotation or tension compacted or non-compacted
Nominal strength
Seil-Nenn- bis 12 mm
Corresponding to your requirements in various nominal strengths from 1,570 N up to 2,160 N/mm2
Wire surface
ungalvanised or galvanised lubricated or dry corrosion protection according to use and requirements
2011/12
214
2011/12
Rotary drilling rigs: Ropes raise and lower the drill rods
Container gantry cranes: Ropes raise and lower the spreader for transporting the containers
Shelf-operating devices: Ropes raise and lower the lifting platform and the transfer unit
2011/12
We are famous for: Ready-for-use ropes for your cranes and construction machines
Our experience: We supply original equipment to renowned crane and construction machine manufacturers, for example, LIEBHERR, SENNEBOGEN and BAUER SPEZIALTIEFBAU. We have extensive expertise in the production, the application and use of steel wire ropes for cranes and construction machines. Our service: Ready-for-use steel wire ropes for cranes and construction machines have been our strength for many years. We have a comprehensive range of stock of commonly used ropes for the most cranes and construction machines. Your advantage: Immediate availability of commonly used ropes for your cranes and construction machines ex stock. Further ready-for-use ropes can be delivered to the location of your choice at short notice.
216
2011/12
As a supplier of original equipment for LIEBHERR cranes, we supply the original spare parts. These are the only ropes which LIEBHERR approves for use! Recognisable due to yellow label
2011/12
Commerzbank, Frankfurt
We are Germanys market leaders in the production of lift ropes. We are among the top producers in the world. Benefit from our many years of experience in cooperation with the largest, worldwide operative lift manufacturers and midsized companies from the lift industry.
218
2011/12
Rope terminations
Standard or tailor-made
We match the rope to your applications with special fittings Here are the most commonly used rope end terminations:
Please note Most rope terminations cause the minimum breaking force of the rope to be reduced. If the remaining minimum breaking force is taken into account you can calculate the necessary rope diameter for your application.
We will be only too pleased to advise you: Phone +49 (0) 8331/937-112 Fax +49 (0) 8331/937-380 E-Mail complete@pfeifer.de
2011/12
Rope range
A selection from our rope range
Rope application
P125
6x36 WarringtonSeale WC
P324
PD D915 CZ
P1024
Rope structure
PD 1315CZ
PN 116/7
P502
PC Durolift
TK-Flex
PC Eurolift
6x19 Seale WC
8x25 Filler
220
2011/12 300 Drako
Rope application
Mobile harbour crane Mobile harbour crane Hoisting rope Holding rope
Achterbahn Pusherseil
x x
Ropes and accessories
221
2011/12
sed your re speciali e critical is the The mo , the mor advise you! pplication a us ope let hoice of r c
x x x
Our core competence is to select the right rope for the application
x
6x7 standard with fibre core* 6x7 Standard mit Fasereinlage* Nominal strength1960 N/mm Nennfestigkeit 1,960 N/mm ordinary lay Kreuzschlag
6x19 standard with fibre core* 6x19 Standard mit Fasereinlage* Nominal strength1960 N/mm Nennfestigkeit 1,960 N/mm ordinary lay Kreuzschlag
6x19 Seale with steel core* 6x19 Seale mit Stahleinlage* Nominal strength1960 N/mm Nennfestigkeit 1,960 N/mm ordinary lay Kreuzschlag
6x36 Warrington-Seale with fibre core* 6x36 Warrington-Seale mit Fasereinlage* Nominal strength1960 N/mm Nennfestigkeit 1,960 N/mm ordinary lay Kreuzschlag
Minimum Mindestbreaking bruchload kraft [kN] kN 2 3 4 5 6 2.60 5.86 10.40 16.3 23.4 31.9 41.6 52.7 65.1 78.7 93.7 110 128 167 211 260 315 375 440 510 666 843 1040
Weight per Lngenunit length gewicht approx. ca. [kg/m] kg/m 0.0138 0.0311 0.0552 0.0863 0.124 0.169 0.221 0.279 0.345 0.417 0.497 0.583 0.676 0.883 0.112 0.138 0.167 0.199 0.233 0.270 0.353 0.447 0.552
0.031 0.055 0.086 0.125 0.170 0.221 25.1 34.2 44.7 56.5 69.8 84.4 100.0 118.0 137.0 179.0 226.0 279.0 338.0 402.0 472.0 547.0 715.0 904.0 1120.0 1350.0 1610.0 1890.0 2190.0 2510 0.144 0.196 0.256 0.324 0.400 0.484 0.576 0.676 0.784 1.02 1.30 1.60 1.94 2.30 2.70 3.14 4.10 5.18 6.40 7.74 9.22 10.80 12.50 14.40 41.4 52.4 64.7 78.3 93.1 109.0 127.0 166.0 210.0 259.0 313.0 373.0 437.0 507.0 662.0 838.0 1040.0 1250.0 1490.0 1750.0 2030.0 2330.0 0.235 0.297 0.367 0.444 0.528 0.620 0.719 0.940 1.190 1.470 1.780 2.110 2.480 2.880 3.760 4.760 5.870 7.110 8.460 9.920 11.50 13.20
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60
about plain or Please enquire or for other anised versions galv s. nominal strength
222
2011/12
*WARNING! Do not use swivels! Otherwise severe injury to persons and material damage may occur.
Rope structure
6x36 Warrington-Seale mit Stahleinlage* 6x36 Warrington-Seale with steel core* Nennfestigkeit 1960 N/mm Nominal strength 1,960 N/mm Kreuzschlag ordinary lay
8x19 Seale with steel core* 8x19 Seale mit Stahleinlage* Nominal strength 1,960 N/mm Nennfestigkeit 1960 N/mm ordinary lay Kreuzschlag
8x36 Warrington-Seale with steel core* 8x36 Warrington-Seale mit Stahleinlage* Nominal strength 1,960 N/mm Nennfestigkeit 1960 N/mm ordinary lay Kreuuschlag
17x7 steel core* 17x7 Stahleinlage* Nominal strength 1,960 N/mm Nennfestigkeit 1960 N7mm ordinary lay Kreuzschlag
High performance rope PN116/7* Spezialseil PN116/7* Nominal strength 1,960 N/mm Nennfestigkeit 1960 N/mm
17.5 23.1 31.5 44.7 56.5 69.8 84.4 100.0 118.0 137.0 179.0 226.0 279.0 338.0 402.0 472.0 547.0 715.0 904.0 1120.0 1350.0 1610.0 1890.0 2190.0 2510.0 0.262 0.331 0.409 0.495 0.589 0.691 0.802 1.050 1.330 1.640 1.980 2.360 2.760 3.210 4.190 5.300 6.540 7.920 9.420 11.110 12.800 14.700 44.7 56.5 69.8 84.4 100.0 118.0 137.0 179.0 226.0 279.0 338.0 402.0 472.0 547.0 715.0 904.0 1120.0 1350.0 1610.0 1890.0 2190.0 2510.0 0.260 0.330 0.407 0.492 0.586 0.688 0.798 1.040 1.320 1.630 1.970 2.340 2.750 3.190 4.170 5.270 6.510 7.880 9.380 11.000 12.800 14.700 179 226 279 338 402 472 547 715 904 1120 1350.0 1610.0 1890.0 2190.0 2510.0 1.07 1.35 1.67 2.02 2.40 2.82 3.27 4.27 5.40 6.67 8.07 9.61 11.30 13.10 15.00 41.1 52.1 64.3 77.8 92.6 109 126 165 208 257 311 370 435 504 0.144 0.196 0.257 0.325 0.401 0.485 0.577 0.678 0.786 1.03 1.30 1.60 1.94 2.31 2.71 3.14 179.0 25.3 34.5 45.0 56.9 70.3 85.0 101.2 118.8
1.020
The usual galvanisation class on the market is D. This is also supplied by us as a standard. Other qualities are available if required.
2011/12
Thimbles
Thimbles similar to DIN 6899, shape BF
Galvanised version Thimbles protect rope suspension gears against excessive stresses, thereby considerably extending their service life.
Nominal size for Weight max. nominal rope approx. kg mm 2.5 0.005 3.5 4 5 6 7 9 11 14 15 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 0.008 0.010 0.016 0.019 0.030 0.047 0.068 0.100 0.145 0.190 0.290 0.320 0.500 0.590 0.820 1.000 1.300 1.600 1.700 1.800 2.750 3.000 Dimensions in mm A 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 B 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5 10.0 12.5 15.0 17.5 20.0 22.0 24.5 27.0 30.0 33.0 36.0 37.0 39.0 41.0 43.0 45.0 48.0 50.0 C 12 13 14 16 18 20 24 28 32 36 40 45 50 56 62 70 75 80 95 100 110 115 120 H 19 21 23 25 28 32 38 45 51 58 64 72 80 90 99 112 120 128 152 160 176 184 192 Reference no. 204993 204994 204995 204996 204998 204999 205000 205001 205003 205005 205006 205007 205008 205009 205010 213750 213751 213752 213753 213754 213755 213756 213757 Reference no. 111388 111389 111390 111391 111392 111393 111394 111395 111396 111397 111398 111399 111400 111401 111402 111403 111405
B A
Nominal size for Weight max. nominal rope approx. kg mm 4 0.014 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 32 36 40 44 0.030 0.078 0.160 0.237 0.335 0.480 0.650 0.950 1.080 1.320 2.180 2.600 3.890 4.470 7.300 8.680
Dimensions in mm A 5 7 9 11 13 16 18 20 22 24 26 29 31 35 40 44 48 B 8 10 13 15 19 22 25 27 30 33 35 45 48 50 55 60 68 C 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 80 90 100 110 H 29 42 56 70 85 102 113 127 141 153 165 181 193 223 247 281 305
224
2011/12
Nominal size Weight for max. rope approx. kg mm 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 32 36 40 0,18 0,32 0,52 0,80 0,90 1,21 1,61 2,11 2,30 3,55 4,20 6,30 8,84 11,00
A 9 11 13 16 18 20 22 24 26 29 31 35 40 44
Dimensions mm rough dimension D B C D1 L max2 15,0 40 14 20 66 17,5 20,0 23,5 26,0 28,5 31,0 33,5 36,0 39,5 42,0 47,0 53,0 58,0 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 160 180 200 18 21 25 28 31 35 38 41 44 47 53 59 65 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 80 90 100 82 98 114 130 145 161 177 193 209 224 256 288 320
Reference no. 111409 111412 111419 111424 111426 111434 111440 111445 111451 111456 111460 111467 111474 111483
Unless specified otherwise in the order, full thimbles will be supplied with the rough size hole (unmachined). 2 The hole can be drilled out to this diameter
2011/12
new!
C H
B A
Shackles
High-tensile shackle with stud bolt, curved shape
6:1 factor of safety Stirrup hot-dip galvanised, bolt painted in accordance with US Federal specification RR-C-271 Certificate to BS EN 10204 3.1 B can be provided Without certificate of origin Shackle with preferential origin on enquiry
WLL kg 500 750 1000 1500 2000 3250 4750 6500 8500 9500 12000 13500 17000 Weight approx. kg 0.050 0.080 0.140 0.220 0.400 0.650 1.064 1.680 2.390 3.150 4.320 5.670 7.790 13.400 18.500 38.900 Dimensions in mm A 12 13 16 18 21 27 32 36 43 46 52 57 60 73 83 105 B 8 10 12 14 16 20 22 27 30 33 36 39 42 52 60 70 C 28 31 36 42 48 60 71 84 95 103 119 133 146 178 197 267 D 6 8 10 11 13 16 19 22 25 29 32 35 38 44 51 63 E 17 21 26 28 30 42 48 57 62 69 78 86 94 112 135 158 Reference no. 181568 181598 181599 181601 181602 181603 181605 181607 181608 181610 181611 181612 181613 181614 181615 181718
C B A E
WLL kg 500 750 1000 1500 2000 3250 4750 6500 8500 9500 12000 13500 17000 25000 35000 55000
Weight approx. kg 0.06 0.10 0.15 0.22 0.34 0.70 1.18 1.74 2.41 3.27 4.59 6.60 6.00 14.70 18.50 42.30
Dimensions in mm A 12 13 16 18 21 27 32 36 43 46 52 57 60 73 83 106 B 8 10 12 14 16 20 22 27 30 33 36 39 42 52 60 72 C 28 31 36 42 48 60 71 84 95 103 119 133 146 178 197 267 D 6 8 10 11 13 16 19 22 25 29 32 35 38 44 51 65 E 17 21 26 28 30 42 48 57 62 69 78 86 94 112 135 145
Reference no. 181504 181514 181518 181520 181523 181524 181526 181528 181529 181531 181534 181537 181538 181540 181542 181544
226
2011/12
WLL kg 500 750 1000 1500 2000 3250 4750 6500 8500 9500 12000 13500 17000
Weight approx. kg 0.05 0.08 0.13 0.19 0.31 0.55 0.96 1.41 2.03 2.97 4.01 5.40 7.29 11.25 16.20 33.30
Dimensions in mm A 12 13 16 18 21 27 32 36 43 46 52 57 60 73 83 106 B 8 10 12 14 16 20 22 27 30 33 36 39 42 52 60 72 C 22 26 31 36 41 51 60 71 81 90 100 113 124 146 171 203 D 6 8 10 11 13 16 19 22 25 29 32 35 38 44 51 63 E 17 21 26 28 30 42 48 57 62 69 78 86 94 112 135 158
Reference no. 181476 181477 181482 181483 181484 181485 181486 181489 181492 181493 181495 181497 181498 181500 181503 181719
C B E
WLL kg 100 160 250 400 600 1000 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000 5000 6300
Weight approx. kg 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.09 0.17 0.36 0.75 1.00 1.32 1.80 2.40 3.90 5.30 7.90 10.00 13.00 18.50 27.20 35.00
Dimensions in mm A 7 8 11 14 17 21 27 30 33 38 42 47 53 60 66 73 81 90 100 B 5 6 8 10 12 16 20 22 24 27 30 36 39 45 48 52 60 68 72 C 15.5 18.0 24.0 30.0 36.0 49.0 61.0 67.0 73.0 83.5 91.0 111.0 119.5 139.5 147.0 158.0 185.0 211.0 221.0 D 5 6 8 10 12 15 19 21 23 26 29 33 37 41 45 50 55 61 67 E 10 12 16 20 24 32 40 44 48 54 60 72 78 90 96 104 120 136 144
Reference no. 111836 111838 111840 111842 111845 111855 111861 111865 111869 111875 111881 111886 111889 111892 111895 111898 111901 111903
C B E
new!
Wide-body shackle
5:1 factor of safety Stirrup and bolt made from steel alloy Painted Bolt with nut and split pin Shackles for heavy loads are now shown on page 234
D C
E A
2011/12
111850
Clamps
Wire rope clamps similar to DIN EN 13411-5
Galvanised version Without certificate of origin The nominal size of the wire rope clamp corresponds to the maximum rope diameter. For intermediate sizes of the nominal rope diameter, the next larger clamp size is to be used. The nominal size 5 is valid only for nominal rope diameter 5 mm. Please have a look about proper use according to BS EN 13411-5. Wire rope clamps with U-shaped clamp stirrups are not suitable for use with spiral ropes!
A H
Nominal size Weight of the wire approx. kg rope clamp 5.0 0.02 6.5 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 16.0 22.0 26.0 30.0 34.0 40.0 0.04 0.08 0.09 0.17 0.26 0.43 0.68 1.17 1.40 2.13 2.68 Dimensions in mm A M5 M6 M8 M8 M 10 M 12 M 14 M 16 M 20 M 20 M 22 M 24 B 25 32 41 46 56 66 76 96 118 131 150 167 F 25 30 39 40 50 59 64 74 84 95 105 117 H 13 16 20 20 24 28 32 34 38 41 45 49 SW 8 10 13 13 16 18 21 24 30 30 34 34 Reference no. 205011 205012 205013 205014 187353 181861 211808 211810 111790 211812 211813 211814
F SW
Torque Nm 2.0 3.5 6.0 9.0 20 33 49 68 107 147 212 296 363
Dimensions in mm A M4 M4 M5 M5 M6 M8 B 12 14 18 20 24 35 C 15 17 20 25 30 37 D 4 6 8 10 12 17 E 5 7 7 8 9
Simplex clamps
Fastening with one screw For simple, flat rope connections
F 14 14 18 18 23 25
13
D E C
AB
228
2011/12
Duplex clamps
Fastening with two bolts For simple, flat rope connections Doubled force transmission thanks to double bolts
Nominal size Weight of the wire approx. kg rope clamp 2 0.009 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 0.014 0.024 0.032 0.050 0.076 0.100 0.171
Dimensions in mm A M 3.5 M4 M5 M5 M6 M8 M8 M 10 B 12 14 18 20 24 28 35 37 C 30 35 40 50 60 64 75 95 D 4 6 8 10 12 15 17 21 E 5 7 7 8 9 12 13 16 F 14 14 18 18 23 25 25 32
Reference no. 111006 111007 111009 111011 111012 111014 111016 111018
D E
AB C
3032
2011/12
Turnbuckles
Turnbuckles with two forks and lock nuts
High-tensile version, galvanised Bolt with nut; from 3/4-inch thread: bolt with split pin.
W
U G D
L mi n L ma x
WLL kg 230 360 540 1000 1000 1000 1590 1590 1590 2360 2360 2360 2360 3270 3270 4540 4540 4540 4540 6900 6900 6900 9700
Thread Inch 1/4 5/16 3/8 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 7/8 7/8 1 1 1 1 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/2
Weight approx. kg 0.15 0.21 0.34 0.69 0.78 1.93 1.07 1.39 1.71 1.76 2.15 2.43 3.17 3.63 4.42 4.05 5.08 6.03 7.17 9.07 11.00 12.90 13.10
Dimensions in mm D 6.3 6.3 8.0 9.5 9.5 9.5 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 19.0 19.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 29.0 29.0 29.0 35.0 G 6.3 7.9 9.5 12.7 12.7 12.7 15.8 15.8 15.8 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 22.2 22.2 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 31.7 31.7 31.7 38.0 Lmin 201 239 302 338 414 490 394 470 546 432 508 584 737 618 772 524 676 829 980 753 905 1058 804 Lmax 302 353 416 452 585 719 508 641 775 546 679 813 1080 854 1121 638 905 1172 1437 989 1255 1521 1052 U 16 22 22 26 26 26 33 33 33 38 38 38 38 44 44 52 52 52 52 73 73 73 70 W 11 12 13 16 16 16 18 18 18 23 23 23 23 27 27 30 30 30 30 44 44 44 52
Reference no. 110725 110726 110727 110728 110729 110730 110732 110733 110734 110736 110737 110738 110740 110742 110745 110747 110748 110750 110752 110754 110758 110760 110762
230
2011/12
Lmin Lmax E F D
WLL kg 230 360 540 1000 1000 1000 1590 1590 1590 2360 2360 2360 2360 3270 3270 4540 4540 4540 4540 6900 6900 6900 9710
Thread Inch 1/4 5/16 3/8 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 7/8 7/8 1 1 1 1 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/2
Weight approx. kg 0.12 0.20 0.32 0.66 0.76 0.91 1.07 1.31 1.71 1.65 1.95 2.30 2.85 3.33 4.24 4.35 5.09 6.00 7.52 8.12 10.40 12.10 12.70
Dimensions in mm D 6.35 7.85 9.00 12.00 12.00 12.00 14.00 14.00 14.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 20.00 20.00 22.00 22.00 25.40 25.40 29.00 29.00 31.80 32.00 E 8.65 11.10 13.00 18.00 18.00 18.00 21.00 21.00 21.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 31.00 31.00 36.00 36.00 36.50 36.50 45.00 45.00 46.00 54.00 F 19.8 23.8 28.0 36.0 36.0 36.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 53.0 53.0 53.0 53.0 59.0 59.0 74.0 74.0 76.0 76.0 88.0 88.0 90.5 105.0 Lmin 198 230 302 338 414 490 394 470 546 432 508 584 737 625 778 676 829 812 964 760 912 1024 823 Lmax 300 344 416 452 585 719 508 641 775 546 679 813 1080 854 1121 905 1172 1320 1625 989 1255 1697 1052
Reference no. 237454 237455 222789 237427 237428 237429 237430 237431 237433 237434 237435 236150 237436 237437 236151 237440 236156 237442 237443 237444 237445 198977 237441
2011/12
D H G Lmin Lmax E
WLL kg 230 360 540 1000 1000 1000 1590 1590 1590 2360 2360 2360 2360 3270 3270 4540 4540 4540 4540 6900 6900 6900 9710
Thread Inch 1/4 5/16 3/8 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 7/8 7/8 1 1 1 1 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/2
Weight approx. kg 0.14 0.23 0.34 0.69 0.78 1.25 1.07 1.39 2.22 2.34 1.95 2.95 3.30 4.20 4.19 4.66 5.08 6.03 7.52 10.92 11.00 12.90 13.10
Dimensions in mm D 6.35 7.85 8.00 9.50 9.50 9.50 13.00 13.00 13.00 15.50 15.50 15.50 15.50 19.00 19.00 22.00 22.00 25.40 25.40 29.00 29.00 29.00 35.00 E 15.7 22.1 22.0 26.0 26.0 26.0 33.0 33.0 33.0 38.0 38.0 38.0 38.0 44.0 44.0 52.0 52.0 52.5 52.5 73.0 73.0 73.0 70.0 G 8.65 11.10 13.00 18.00 18.00 18.00 21.00 21.00 21.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 31.00 31.00 36.00 36.00 36.50 36.50 45.00 45.00 45.00 54.00 H 19.8 23.8 28.0 36.0 36.0 36.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 53.0 53.0 53.0 53.0 59.0 59.0 74.0 74.0 76.0 76.0 88.0 88.0 88.0 105.0 Lmin 205 242 302 338 414 490 394 470 546 432 508 584 737 625 778 676 829 835 988 760 912 1064 823 Lmax 307 356 416 452 585 719 508 641 775 546 679 813 1080 854 1121 905 1172 1343 1648 989 1255 1521 1052
Reference no. 237456 237457 222790 165612 165613 165614 170905 170906 170907 175565 237413 170908 171072 110721 237414 159047 237421 237422 237423 204631 170910 237424 110723
Lmin Lmax C B A
Nominal size M 12 M 16 M 18 M 22 M 24 M 27 M 30 M 33 M 36 M 42 M 45 M 52 M 56 M 64
WLL kg 400 600 1000 1600 2000 2500 3150 4000 5000 6300 8000 10000 12500 16000
Weight approx. kg 0.75 1.41 1.72 2.85 3.61 5.23 6.40 9.00 10.30 13.00 19.50 27.00 37.00 53.40
Dimensions in mm A 29 48 48 58 58 72 72 94 94 108 115 125 144 163 B 13 21 21 26 26 32 32 40 40 45 49 54 60 66 C 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 380 420 460 500 540 G M 12 M 16 M 18 M 22 M 24 M 27 M 30 M 33 M 36 M 42 M 45 M 52 M 56 M 64 Lmin 305 366 385 460 470 536 556 631 651 724 785 865 995 1055 Lmax 445 516 550 630 660 736 766 856 886 984 1080 1180 1340 1420
Reference no. 111734 111736 111738 111740 111742 111744 111746 111748 111750 111751 197706 237272 237273 237274
232
2011/12
Swivels
Swivel with tapered roller thrust bearing
Rotatable under load Swivels are separately tested for double working load limit (with certificate). Minimum breaking force is 5 times the working load limit. Fork with bolt, nut and split pin. With force-feed lubrication Do not use with demolition balls.
WLL kg 3000 5000 8500 10000 15000 25000 35000 45000 Weight approx. kg 4.08 6.12 13.27 19.73 28.46 61.23 68.04 102.06 Dimensions in mm C 237 256 311 409 425 546 546 657 G 70 76 102 114 127 152 165 178 H 19.1 22.4 25.4 38.1 38.1 51.0 51.0 57.0 J 22.4 25.4 39.6 44.5 44.5 51.0 51.0 63.5 K 41.2 57.0 71.5 86.0 86.0 117.0 117.0 127.0 N 33.3 41.2 54.0 89.0 89.0 94.0 94.0 102.0 Q 19.1 25.4 31.8 42.9 49.3 57.0 57.0 63.5 R 26.2 32.5 35.8 42.9 51.5 58.5 58.5 64.5 S 28.5 31.8 41.2 70.0 70.0 98.5 98.5 102.0 T 31.8 31.8 38.1 47.8 54.0 60.5 60.5 76.0 Reference no. 136382 136383 217040 136385 136386 136387 136388 136389
Warning: Do not use rotation-resistant ropes or ropes that are not rotation-free with a swivel. If disregarded, this will lead to considerable damage to property, serious injuries or death!
We will be happy to supply pulleys acc. to your specific design upon request. Return pulleys are shown on page 51 with the tool ropes (page 242).
2011/12
Rope pulleys
For other connection types and capacities up to 600 tonnes, please consult PFEIFER.
Heavy-duty accessories
new!
Heavy-duty wide-body shackles
X Wide-body shackle for heavy
loads with wide stirrup for better support of your attachment equipment
5:1 factor of safety Alloy steel stirrup and bolt, painted Bolt with nut and split pin. Stamped with grade, working load limit (WLL), CE and manufacturing code
F
Weight approx. kg 22 50 67 105 160 220 320 350 635 803 1260
Dimensions in mm A 80 85 105 130 140 150 170 185 220 250 300 B 51 57 70 80 95 105 120 134 160 180 215 C 200 250 290 365 390 480 540 600 575 680 750 D 55 60 70 85 94 110 126 135 160 170 200 E 109 115 140 155 180 200 228 245 295 330 392 F 97 100 120 150 170 205 240 265 320 340 400
Reference no. 235880 226293 235881 235882 235883 235884 235885 223981 235886 235887 235888
E A
new!
Heavy-duty thimbles
hot-dip galvanised with welded-in cross-piece
Nominal size Weight for max. rope approx. kg mm 35 3.2 40 50 62 72 85 100 115 5.1 9.2 17.4 19.4 29.0 39.0 52.0
Dimensions in mm A 35 40 50 62 72 85 100 115 B 55 65 80 100 115 125 150 165 C 80 90 110 140 160 190 200 210 H 100 120 125 160 175 245 290 300
Reference no. 211009 211010 211011 211012 211013 211014 211015 211016
B A
234
2011/12
Rope care
Caring for your ropes by relubrication and regreasing is very worthwhile.
The wire rope is greased internally and externally during manufacture. The grease serves to reduce the damaging friction between the elements of the rope. At the same time the grease prevents corrosion. When the rope is in use, the lubricant is used up, especially on the outside. This causes increased friction in the rope elements which leads to faster wear and tear. The rope can also be protected from corrosion by galvanising. However, galvanised ropes also have to be lubricated in order to minimise the internal wear and tear which starts with abrasion of the zinc coating. Lubricating a steel wire rope significantly increases its lifespan and thus the service life of your machine.
Number of alternate bends [%] 200 180 160 140 120 100 80 60 40 20 0 100 200 300 tensile strain [N/mm] 400 500 degreased lubricated + regreased lubricated
Drying time
The evaporation time of the solvent must be taken into account. This depends primarily on the ambient temperature.
Lubricant quantity:
The quantity of lubricant depends on the type of rope and its diameter. But the principle to apply is: small amounts at short intervals. Formula for lubricant requirement per rope: Quantity [l] = 0.2 [l] rope length [m] rope diameter [mm] 100 [m] 10 [mm]
2011/12
Rope handling
Reel winding device Winder Willi
Gentle rope handling and protection against mechanical damage
X Efficient considerable increase in the rope life as operation and
reeling mistakes are avoided
new!
X Fast clamping and unclamping of reels without tools X Considerably faster reeling and unreeling of ropes X Space-saving storing foldable hand crankle
PFEIFER Winder Willi revolutionises reeling and unreeling of ropes, no matter if on building site, in stock or in the workshop. This winding device originated from the numerous proposals of our customers. From these suggestions, together with the long-lasting PFEIFER experience, Winder Willi originated as a reeling device uniting comfort, ergonomics and high efficiency. Winder Willi, a must for crane and lift mechanics, as well as for all working with loose ropes (e. g. ropes for hoists).
Version Winder Willi 3.0 Winder Willi 5.0 Dimensions without handle and reel approx. 450 365 355 mm approx. 650 550 480 mm Surface powder-coated frame Shaft and flanges zink plated powder-coated frame Shaft and flanges zink plated Weight kg 14 55 Reference no. 235775 244505 Suitable reel 167824 167824
If you need our Winder Willi in a different size for your special operation, we will be pleased to submit our quotation.
Simplifies reeling and unreeling of ropes to standard reels as well on site as in stock or in the workshop.
Operation with so many Can be transported by common Seal of bearing by bent-lever PFEIFER standard reels possible fork lifters / fork lift trucks and closure. as the reel can be exchanged. can therefore be transported safely.
Can be held in position by pedal sheet metals. Ergonomic reeling of the rope due to the integrated crank handle.
www.willi-will-wickeln.de
Working without tools: due to clamping by the moveable mandrel by means of a lever screw. Foldable crank handle allows space-saving storing.
Diameter mm 300 500 700 800 1000 1400 2500
Round reels
In the case of intermediate diameters or weights, the next larger reel will be charged for. Please contact us for other dimensions, wooden lining or the conditions of returning.
236
2011/12
Nominal rope mm 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 5.0 6.0 8.0
Weight per unit length kg/m 0.016 0.024 0.035 0.050 0.070 0.096 0.138 0.252
Reference no. 134404 134406 134408 134409 134410 134412 134414 134417
Material 1.4401
2011/12
Nominal rope mm
Reference no.
Thimbles
Material stainless steel
Nominal size for Weight max. nominal rope approx. kg mm 3 0.004 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 28 0.005 0.006 0.010 0.012 0.018 0.029 0.046 0.073 0.097 0.160 0.215 0.340 0.375 0.620 Nominal Weight size approx. kg 5 6 8 10 12 16 19 22 25 0.018 0.028 0.064 0.150 0.200 0.480 0.840 1.270 1.840
Dimensions in mm A 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 28 B 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.4 9.4 10.8 13.8 14.0 18.4 21.0 26.0 28.0 32.0 34.0 40.0 C 10 11 13 16 17 19 24 27 33 37 41 46 49 55 67 H 18 20 21 28 31 33 38 42 51 60 67 73 78 93 105
Reference no. 111549 111550 111551 111552 111553 111554 111556 111557 111558 111559 111560 111561 111562 111563 111564 Reference no. 111990 111991 111992 111993 111994 111997 111998 111999 112000
WLL kg 120 150 300 400 600 1000 1500 2000 3000
Dimensions in mm A 10 12 16 20 24 32 38 45 50 B 5 6 8 10 12 16 19 22 25 C 20 24 32 40 48 64 76 88 100 D 5 6 8 10 12 16 19 22 25
238
2011/12
Nominal size M5 M6 M8 M 10 M 12 M 14 M 16 M 20
Weight approx. kg 0.053 0.099 0.171 0.278 0.548 0.642 0.925 1.745
Dimensions in mm D 5.0 6.0 8.0 9.0 12.0 12.5 16.0 19.0 G M5 M6 M8 M 10 M 12 M 14 M 16 M 20 H 120 145 165 195 245 270 325 380 T 80 95 105 125 150 165 190 210 U 9.0 8.5 11.0 13.0 21.0 19.0 26.0 29.0 W 6 7 10 12 13 14 17 20
Reference no. 111714 111715 111716 111719 111720 111721 111722 111723
B D
Wedge clamp
wedge chamber made of steel, St. 50 steel wedge, quenched and tempered steel plunger surface-hardened black paint finish
WLL kN 10 20 30
2011/12
Versions available
Caple grip with thimble
Closed with thimble Closed with eye Open with two thimbles Open with two eyes Cable connecting grip open at both sides Cable grip for overhad-lines Divided longitudinally with binding strands Special designs with swaged thread Reinforced version with additional strand All versions also available in stainless steel
Areas of application
For pulling in steel wire ropes on cranes, rope winches and
in locks
We can also supply larger quantities of manufactured cable grips at short notice. All cable grips are manufactured by hand in Germany. Top quality, highly flexible production
Connecting grip
240
2011/12
new!
new!
Completely ready made, with snap hook spliced in at one end, and the other end has a spliced eye for connecting to the standard rope When new, suitable for lifting loads up to max. 50 kg over short distances
Nominal rope mm 16 20 24 Reference no.
235875 235876
new!
new!
Completely ready made, with snap hook spliced in at one end, and the other end has a spliced eye for connecting to the standard rope When new, suitable for lifting loads up to max. 50 kg over short distances
Nominal rope mm 16 20 Reference no. 235877 235878
2011/12
235874
Rope pulley, can be opened for hemp and polypropylene utility ropes
Galvanised and painted With rotatable hook
new!
R
T A
C
Reference no. 147639 Reference no. 143586 112480 112484 112487 112489 112492 112493 112495 112498 112500 112502 112503
Dimensions in mm A 240 B 61 C 165 Weight approx. kg 0.011 0.010 0.020 0.040 0.060 0.080 0.127 0.180 0.260 0.350 D 19 G 20 R 125 T 158.5
0.480 0.620
242
2011/12
Quality has a name POLYTEX put your trust in the original. Lashing belts and accessories for safe, ergonomic and cost-effective load securing. More than just the standard version. Our range includes lashing ratchets with additional features for optimum lashing. Performance HIT PRO lashing chains in grade 120 and HIT lashing chains in grade 100 with up to 100 % higher tensile force than grade 80 reliably secure your heavy goods. The lashing process is faster and thus more economic due to low dead weight and ease of use. Expertise Securing the load should be a quick and cost-effective process. We provide a broad range of solutions for all applications.
2011/12
243
Lost cargo?
Why?
Manufacturing and outgoing checks ensure that the guaranteed characteristics are adhered to.
Did the lashing strap not perform the way you were promised it would perform?
We have noticed:
The straps of many lashing systems have the following non-visible defects: Unsafe power transmission: The straps maximum admissible extension of 7 % is greatly exceeded. We have recorded measurements of more than 10 % Reduced safety: The straps breaking load of three times which is required by the standard is not even nearly reached; hooks are often too brittle.
244
2011/12
by means of long lever ratchets with higher pretensioning force STF . Only this STF , which can be found on the lashing strap label, causes an increase of the frictional force (securing force) when lashing down. by means of anti-slip mats, only these make it possible to lash down larger load weights reasonably and economically. by means of edge protectors to protect against sharp edges (see also p. 256), but also to distribute the pretensioning force on both sides of the load.
STF
30 50 % STF
STF
99 % STF
by the attainment of high permissible lashing forces (LC) using the lashing systems RS 40 000, RS 20 000 and lashing chains. by means of anti-slip mats.
2011/12
X X X X X X
Colour-coded to avoid mistakes in use Up to 50 mm strap width with woven-in tonnage stripes Fittings made of galvanised, non-aging steel With load label and short operating instructions Straps available in all desired lengths In the case of two-piece lashing straps, the standard length of the fixed end (ratchet part) is approx. 0.3 to 0.5 m, dependent on the end fitting.
Lashing method Permissible lashing force LC (daN) Breaking force BF (daN) Availability 4m 8m 20000 40000 10000 20000
LG
Please always specify the reference number and length LG when ordering! Additional lengths on enquiry.
246
2011/12
Lashing method Permissible lashing force LC (daN) Breaking force BF (daN) Availability 10000 20000 10000 20000 5000 10000
LG
10 m
one-piece 8m Reference no. 123244 Availability 4m Availability 4m Availability 4m Availability two-piece 8m Reference no. 123250 10 m 8m 8m 8m
LG
LG
LG
LG
Please always specify the reference number and length LG when ordering! Additional lengths on enquiry.
2011/12
X ERGO:
Easy, back-protecting operation due to ergonomic movement sequence.
Approx. 50% saving of time when lashing down. High attainable pre-tensioning force of 500 daN due to additional fine teething. With ratchet lever transport lock. Strap width 50 mm Pre-tensioning force STF 500 daN
Availability one-piece 8m Reference no. 146861 Availability 8m Availability 8m Availability 8m Availability 8m Availability 8m Availability 8m 10 m 10 m 10 m 10 m 10 m 10 m 10 m
two-piece with wire claw hooks Reference no. 146862 two-piece with wire claw hooks with safety latch Reference no. 185096
LG
... and for suitable protective systems, see opposite. Please always specify the reference number and length LG when ordering! Additional lengths on enquiry.
248
2011/12
Lashing method Permissible lashing force LC (daN) Breaking force BF (daN) Availability 5000 10000 5000 10000 2500 5000
LG
10 m
one-piece 8m Reference no. 123276 Availability 8m Availability 8m Availability 8m Availability 8m Availability 8m Availability 8m 10 m 10 m With safety latch 10 m 10 m 10 m 10 m
LG
LG
LG
two-piece with wire claw hooks Reference no. 123327 two-piece with wire claw hooks with safety latch Reference no. 123334
LG
LG
LG
Please always specify the reference number and length LG when ordering! Additional lengths on enquiry.
2011/12
Please always specify the reference number and length LG when ordering! Additional lengths on enquiry.
Lashing method Permissible lashing force LC (daN) Breaking force BF (daN) 5000 10000 5000 10000 2500 5000
LG
LG
Please always specify the reference number and length LG when ordering! Additional lengths on enquiry.
250
2011/12
Lashing method Permissible lashing force LC (daN) Breaking force BF (daN) Availability 2000 4000 2000 4000 1000 2000
LG
6m
LG
LG
two-piece with wire claw hooks Reference no. 123472 two-piece with wire claw hooks with safety latch Reference no. 241817 new
LG
LG
Please always specify the reference number and length LG when ordering! Additional lengths on enquiry.
POLYTEX abrasion protection POLYTEX edge protection pro- POLYTEX edge protection prosleeve file, plastic file, steel See page 136 See page 256 See page 256
2011/12
Lashing method Permissible lashing force LC (daN) Breaking force BF (daN) Availability 1000 2000 1000 2000 500 1000
LG
6m
LG
LG
LG
Please always specify the reference number and length LG when ordering! Additional lengths on enquiry.
252
2011/12
Lashing method Permissible lashing force LC (daN) Breaking force BF (daN) Availability 500 1000 500 1000 250 500
LG
6m
LG
LG
LG
LG
Please always specify the reference number and length LG when ordering! Additional lengths on enquiry.
2011/12
Please always specify the reference number and length LG when ordering! Additional lengths on enquiry.
Lashing method Permissible lashing force LC (daN) Breaking force BF (daN) Availability 2m 3m 2000 4000
Please always specify the reference number and length LG when ordering! Additional lengths on enquiry.
254
2011/12
X Simple and fast tensioning with the aid of the supplied fastening
straps
X Form-fit adjustment to every load due to numerous fastening options X Usable both for down lashing and for diagonal lashing X Space-saving stowage
Article name Lashing net for vans with vario-telescopic bar for rod rail and 6 fastening straps, 2.0 m Extension net for vans
Strap width 35 mm Permissible tensile force (LC) in direct pull = 650 daN
3 4
Article name Lashing net for lorries with 2.0m eye bar, sewn on triangles and 6 fastening straps, 2.0 m Extension net for lorries, with sewn-on triangles
2011/12
Quick-release clamp
Article name
Length m 2
Reference no.
new!
POLYTEX Flexoclip
The most stable protection against wear. Made of high-quality, extremely resistant polyurethane. See page 135
256
2011/12
At one glance: dimensions of the terminations for POLYTEX lashing strap systems
A Dimensions in mm
G
G G
A H A H A H G A H G
clevis parallel hook H 40 28 21 A 19 G 27 H 28 A 16 13 10
snap hook A 6 G 21 H 23 A 30 19 15
triangle hook G 43 30 20
claw hook
G 20 13 16 H 75 52 30 A 15 11
single J-hook
G 17 16 H 130 100
A Dimensions in mm H
A
G
G
G
H H
H H
D H E F G I
C J
Permissible lashing force LC Breaking force BF daN daN 350 800 700 1600
B H D T E G I A J
Dimensions in mm A 71 B 28 D 10 E 17 G 82 H 6 I 104 J 92 T 35
2011/12
Anti-slip mats
X Fast, economical lashing with
fewer lashing devices.
Loading time
without ASM
with ASM
Costs
Anti-slip mat
( = 0.6)
Smooth loading surfaces require elaborate lashing of the loads. Lashing work can be reduced enormously by the employment of the anti-slip mat with a guaranteed coefficient of sliding friction of at least 0.6.
Make-up Roll Box of 120 pcs. Box of 100 pcs. Thickness mm 8 8 10 Width mm 250 100 100 Length mm 5000 200 200 Reference no. 123650 200942 200943
258
2011/12
new!
for use on lorries, cars, rail- sea- and airfreight, in industry and handcrafts
X Ultra-high tear strength due to additional textile insert with a special
coating
X Also suitable for heavy loads X Easy to clean with standard cleaning agents. The closed surface
means that liquids are not absorbed.
X Is eco-friendly and easily disposable (no hazardous waste). X Temperature resistant from 40 to 120 C X Max. contact pressure 82.5 tonnes/m2
Make-up 4 rolls 4 rolls Roll Roll 8-edge pad 100 pcs. Roll Thickness mm 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 Width mm 120 200 600 800 150 800 Length mm 4000 4000 4000 4000 150 1200 Reference no. 234487 234488 234489 234490 234491 234492
Compensation of the preload force STF of the lashing strap is ensured by the sewn-on sliding plastic. The anti-slip effect means that an additional locking effect is achieved, even with a slightly loosened strap.
Make-up 8-edge pad 24 pcs. Thickness mm 4.5 Width mm 150 Length mm 150 Reference no. 238768
2011/12
new!
Interior lashing
Lashing systems for box trucks
X Easy-to-install lashing system consisting of lashing rails and lashing
straps with special fittings.
Lashing rail
Universal lashing rail for horizontal installation.
Width mm 132
Length mm 3050
LG
LG
Please always specify the reference number and length LG when ordering! Additional lengths on enquiry.
Lashing method Permissible lashing force LC (daN) Breaking force BF (daN) Availabilityww RS 2000 two-piece 2m Reference no. 162625 4m 1000 2000
260
2011/12
Please always specify the reference number and length LG when ordering! Additional lengths on enquiry.
The benefits of the new innovative chain system HIT PRO grade 120
Intelligent profile by the intelligent use of material, essential characteristics of the chain (e.g. fatigue load and flexural rigidity) are substantially improved compared to a normal round steel chain with the same cross section. In order to achieve the optimum technical effect, the use of the material was optimised (blue surfaces) at effective points, but reduced (red surfaces) in less relevant areas. Patented material with optimised strength and endurance characteristics at both high and at low temperatures. Optimised flexural rigidity the section modulus, which is important to prevent undesirable deflection, is up to 16 % higher in the profile chain than in a round link chain with the same cross section and hence reduces the maximum tension in the chain (no red areas). Longer service life due to higher strength and lower wear and tear. Complete traceability chains and components are provided with identity stamps; these allow the entire manufacturing process to be verified. The professional in demanding use thanks to the combination of intelligent profile, patented high performance chain steel and an optimised tempering process, HIT PRO attains maximum strength, hardness and flexural rigidity. Particularly in tough use on edges, the revolutionary HIT PRO technology proves its capabilities with a ruggedness that has never been known before! The low temperature professional due to the extremely high temperature stability from 60 to +300C, HIT PRO is suitable even for the harshest environmental conditions in the world. Simple visual identification due to profiled chain and GK12 stamp on each chain link Super PFEIFER XLL corrosion protection (eXtremely Long Life) Quality-assured European production by an ISO 9001-certified company
PRO
2011/12
PRO
13
chain dimension mm
More loads or a heavier loads can be secured with the same chain dimension. Plus 50 % compared to grade 80 and 25 % compared to grade 100 (direct lashing)
weight kg
Weight saving
Significantly less weight by lashing with HIT PRO, hence more comfortable handling permissible tensile force LC kN 60 100 160 Previous chain weight grade 80 kg 14.5 26.1 37.7 HIT PRO chain weight kg 10.3 15.6 30.7 Reduction % 29 40 18
47
60
100
160
When lashing down, the higher pretensioning forces (STF ) usually make it possible to change to a smaller dimension in grade 120 and hence to save weight and costs.
Assembly example
262
2011/12
HIT PRO saves costs and weight in cargo lashing due to higher tensile forces.
X X X X
Protects the health of users up to 50 % less weight of chain! Maximum service life from intelligent D-chain profile Optimum corrosion protection from the XLL coating Ultra-high tension range of the ratchet load tensioner in the important 13 mm version
new!
with ratchet load tensioner, PSWP chain shortener and HSWP chain hook
Grade 120 50 % higher lashing force compared with the grade 80 With diagonal lashing, and in comparison with grade 80, a chain one size smaller in nominal thickness can be used.
Max. permissible lashing Standard pre-tensioning force STF force in direct pull daN daN 4700 4700 6000 6000 10000 10000 16000 16000 1900 1900 1900 1900 3000 3000 2500 2500
Standard length with closed tensioner approx. L1 mm 1000 310 1000 330 1000 410 1000 520 L mm 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
Tensioning stroke mm 155 155 155 155 155 155 297 297
Aperture width mm 26 26 26 26 31 31 39 39
PRO
Please always specify the reference number and effective length L when ordering! Apart from the standard lengths we supply the lashing chains in any desired length.
new!
Very flexible lashing system with a ratchet that can be positioned at any place on the chain. Grade 120 50 % higher lashing force compared with the grade 80 With diagonal lashing, and in comparison with grade 80, a chain one size smaller in nominal thickness can be used.
Max. permissible lashing Standard pre-tensioning force STF force in direct pull daN daN 4700 6000 10000 16000 1900 1900 3000 2500
Standard length with closed tensioner approx. L mm 3000 3000 3000 3000
Aperture width mm 26 26 31 39
PRO
ARP 10 ARP 13
Please always specify the reference number and effective length L when ordering! Apart from the standard lengths we supply the lashing chains in any desired length.
2011/12
229530
Max. permissible lashing Standard pre-tensioning force STF force in direct pull daN daN 5000 5000 8000 8000 13400 13400 20000 20000 1900 1900 3000 3000 2500 2500 3000 3000
Standard length with closed tensioner approx. L1 mm 1000 280 1000 330 1000 420 1000 500 L mm 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
Tensioning stroke mm 155 155 155 155 297 297 280 280
Aperture width mm 27 27 30 30 38 38 46 46
Reference no. 200955 200956 200957 200958 200959 200960 217122 217123
6 to 22 mm
HIGH WORKING
LOAD LIMIT
Please always specify the reference number and effective length L when ordering! Apart from the standard lengths we supply the lashing chains in any desired length.
System RKH 8
6 to 22 mm
RKH 10 RKH 13
HIGH WORKING
LOAD LIMIT
Please always specify the reference number and effective length L when ordering! Apart from the standard lengths we supply the lashing chains in any desired length.
264
2011/12
X DIN EN 818, part 1/2/4 and DIN EN 1677, DIN EN 12195-3, VDI
2700ff
Max. permissible lashing Standard pre-tensioning Standard length with closed Tensioning tensioner approx. force STF stroke force in direct pull mm daN daN L1 mm L mm 4000 4000 6300 6300 10000 10000 16000 16000 1000 1000 1575 1575 1500 1500 2400 2400 1000 280 1000 330 1000 420 1000 500 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 170 170 170 170 170 170 160 160
Aperture width mm 27 27 30 30 38 38 46 46
Please always specify the reference number and length L when ordering! Apart from the standard lengths we supply the lashing chains in any desired length.
Max. permissible lashing force in direct pull daN 4000 6300 10000 16000
Standard length with closed tensioner approx. L mm 3000 3000 3000 3000
Aperture width mm 27 30 38 46
Please always specify the reference number and length L when ordering! Apart from the standard lengths we supply the lashing chains in any desired length.
2011/12
120675
Max. permissible lashing Standard pre-tensioning force STF force in direct pull daN daN 4000 4000 6300 6300 10000 10000 16000 16000 1700 1700 2000 2000 1700 1700 2400 2400
Standard length with closed tensioner approx. L1 mm 1000 215 1000 260 1000 330 1000 395 L mm 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
Tensioning stroke mm 200 200 240 240 230 230 280 280
Aperture width mm 27 27 30 30 38 38 46 46
Reference no. 120669 135972 120670 135973 120672 135974 166224 166225
Please always specify the reference number and length L when ordering! Apart from the standard lengths we supply the lashing chains in any desired length.
Lashing chains must be provided with a metal safety tag showing the following information: Lashing force (LC) in kN Tension force STF in daN Type of lashing Warning notices Manufacturer Traceability code EN 12195-3
Dimensions in mm L min. 330 455 515 530 L max. 450 670 795 780
266
2011/12
Dimensions in mm L min. 360 360 380 360 L max. 530 530 550 520
Dimensions in mm L min. 560 620 730 740 L max. 730 790 900 900
Dimensions in mm L min. 346 358 571 554 L max. 501 513 868 834
With lashing badge and quality inspection tag. The shorteners are provided with a safety device as required by BS EN 12195-3. Grade 100
10 13
2011/12
Dimensions in mm
Weight kg
Reference no.
Special lashings
Lashing with head loops
For all cargos which can only be secured by lashing them down as there are not enough attachment points. The lashing is hooked to a round sling or an endless chain which is wrapped round the cargo and tightened vertically.
Heavy machinery and devices can be lashed quickly, simply and safely using chain hoists. In the case of diagonal lashing or down-lashing, they can be used as a tensioning element combined with lashings or as an independent complete lashing. When using lever hoists as tensioning elements, the WLL specified is equal to the permissible Lashing Capacity LC in direct pull and the maximum obtainable tensile force.
268
2011/12
X The tensioning ratchet is only required for tensioning the strap and is
removed from the strap afterwards.
Strap width mm 30 48 50 50
permissible tensile force in the strapping daN 1200 1600 1150 2500
Disposable lock
Punched or forged version.
Version forged
Tensioning ratchet
With strengthened clamping mechanism. Long lever ERGO version.
For strap width mm 30/50 Reference no. 218266
Tensioning ratchet
With standard-version clamping mechanism.
For strap width mm 30/50 Reference no. 123642
2011/12
X The presented lashings are designed for standard buckets with fixing
points at height 0.9 m and spaced 1.1 m apart.
!
4000 6300 8
Caution: With the publication of the VDI Guideline 2700 page 17, Y and V lashings may only be calculated as down-lashing. Additional assumption by the VDI of =0.1 due to the possibility of soiling. Practical use of these lashings only in combination with anti-slip mats. When using anti-slip mats it must be ensured that these are effective.
In combined use with anti-slip mats ( min. 0.6), suitable for securing containers up to 2.5 tonnes. 2 lashing systems are necessary for professional lashing.
For securing containers up to 2.5 tonnes. 4 lashing strap systems are necessary for professional lashing.
In combined use with anti-slip mats ( min. 0.6), suitable for securing containers up to 11.0 tonnes. 2 lashing systems are necessary for professional lashing.
Containers up to 4.0 tonnes can be lashed with 8 mm chains, containers up to 6.0 tonnes with 10 mm chains. 4 lashing chain systems are necessary for professional lashing.
270
2011/12
Professional and user-orientated Whether professional equipment with a high comfort requirement or cost-oriented basic equipment we offer support for the best choice for your application. Innovative Integrated accessory system, Teflon-coated harness, mini fall protection device for attachment on floor level... see the innovative power of our range for yourself. Make the most of simply good ideas when it comes to quality and security. Safe We test your personal protection equipment from all manufacturers and ensure that you will only be working at heights with material which is in perfect working order. 271
2011/12
Safety harness
The part of the personal protective equipment worn by the user. Serves to arrest the users fall without him being injured or slipping out of the safety harness. The only protection equipment permissible for fall situations is the safety harness (complete belt). Holding belts, conversely, can be used for workplace positioning and as a component of retention systems. The activity to be carried out and the working environment should be taken into account when making a selection. Each arresting eye on a safety harness must have a static strength of > 15 kN for a period of 3 minutes (EN 361 and EN 358).
Connecting devices
This important component connects the safety harness to the attachment point or the connecting aid (e.g. connecting device with or without energy absorber). It serves to limit the free fall of the user and must be selected taking into account the work to be done and the environment. In order to determine the type of connecting device necessary, the potential falling distance must be calculated. See page 285. On their own, these components do not offer protection against falling. Used correctly together, however, they form the personal protective equipment that is of vital importance for safety at work and the entire fall protection system.
Energy absorber EN 355 Connecting device EN 354 Catalogue pages 285 286
2011/12
Arresting system with running arrester on the guide rope (moveable guide)
Application area Ideal for securing for larger vertical, angled or (depending on the approval) horizontal movement The attachment point is generally clearly defined Ideal for use on pitched roofs and in storage rows, ladder or machine accesses Can also be used on flat roofs as long as the device has the appropriate approval. However, what is known as slack rope formation can be critical if the rope is not kept under tension. In such cases an arresting system with fall protection device with horizontal approval is recommended as this only provides the amount of rope currently required. Please note Avoid swinging effects Avoid slack rope formation Never climb above the attachment point Running arrester on moveable guide EN 353-2 Catalogue pages 287 288
274
2011/12
Safety harness EN 361 with integrated safety belt in accordance with EN 358 (alternatively separate safety belt) Catalogue pages 278 282
Safety harness EN 361 with integrated safety belt in accordance with EN 358 (alternatively separate safety belt) Catalogue pages 278 282
Application area A restraint system prevents the user from entering the area where there is a risk of falling (the fall edge). The positioning lanyard is designed in such a way that it is impossible to overstep the fall edge It is generally preferrable to have a restraint system than a fall protection system as long as this can be achieved. Positioning lanyard EN 354 without Ideal application for e. g. maintenance work on flat roofs energy absorber, to keep distance where the working area is clearly to the fall edge, or running arrester defined. with fixable rope shortener Please note It must be guaranteed absolutely that the restraint is defined in such a way that there is no danger of a fall.
2011/12
Connecting device Running arrester on Fall protection with energy absorber guide rope device
Example of application
Holding rope
Lanyard
Example of application
276
2011/12
4 Series
Youre sure to make the correct selection with us!
The inexpensive
ones
The inexpensive harness series for simple requirements You can find us on page 282
2011/12
Revolution safety harness series: The turning point in safety harness design!
LABEL SET Four bright coloured labels for adhering serve for entering the date of the next examination, area of application, user name etc. PIVOTLINKTM CONNECTION The unique, swivelling design ensures greater mobility and comfort.
PROTECTED LABEL POCKET Integrated label pocket for storing labels, in order to protect them against damage or loss.
ERGO ARMORTM COMFORT BACK CUSHION The semi-rigid Ergo Armor comfort back cushion minimises the impacts of sharp-edged/ heavy automatic snap hooks and fall protection devices. INTEGRATED ACCESSORY SYSTEM The modular fastening system offers organisation options for tools/ accessories.
Type with elastic harness belt for maximum comfort Safety harness Revolution Comfort DuraFlex
2-point system for fall protection EN 361 Elastic DuraFlex harness belt 1 arresting eye in the back area 1 arresting eye in the chest area Completely adjustable Automatic quick-release closures Revolution accessory system
Size S/M L/XL XXL Reference no. 203592 203593 203594
278
2011/12
Type with double-layer harness belt with shape memory to facilitate putting it on Safety harness Revolution Comfort DualTech
2-point system for fall protection EN 361 DualTech harness belt 1 arresting eye in the back area 1 arresting eye in the chest area Completely adjustable Automatic quick-release closures Revolution accessory system
Size S/M L/XL XXL Reference no. 203595 203597 203598
Shoulder/leg pad
Reference no. 203617
2011/12
Telephone pockets
Size small large Reference no. 203607 203610
Label sets
Colour blue yellow red green Reference no. 203621 203622 203623 203624
Hammer holster
Reference no. 240153
280
2011/12
X Long service life of your harnesses. X Teflon coating protects against oil, grease, dirt and concrete dust
and thus reduces wear!
Secure more simply: Back arresting eye extension (40 cm) optionally available for all AGU DuraFlex safety harnesses.
2011/12
282
2011/12
All vests are available separately as spare parts. Warning vests also available in orange.
Multi-function safety vests Multi-function warning protection safety vests 2-point system for fall protection EN 361 (reflective)
MA04 elastic DuraFlex safety harness 1 arresting eye in the back area 1 arresting eye in the chest area Completely adjustable Automatic quick-release closures
Size M/L XL Reference no. 179345 171914
Size M/L XL
2011/12
2-point system for fall protection EN 361/EN 471 MA04 elastic DuraFlex safety harness 1 arresting eye in the back area 1 arresting eye in the chest area Completely adjustable Automatic quick-release closures
Step sling for the prevention of an orthostatic shock after a fall. You can relieve yourself quickly. For fastening to the safety harness. Box containing 12 pairs.
284
2011/12
(Running arresters or fall protection devices are the best choice for low working heights)
after fall
after fall
after fall
FACTOR 2
Maximum falling distance with a 2-metre long connecting device with energy absorber
FACTOR 1
FACTOR 0
The user falls a maximum of 5.75 metres (double the length of the connecting device plus the length of the activated energy absorber).
The user falls a maximum of 3.75 The user falls a maximum of 1.75 metres (the length of the connecting metres (the length of the activated device plus the length of the activated energy absorber, if it is activated). energy absorber).
X In edge-tested design for even greater safety X Newly developed, patented protective sleeve with high flexibility and
high breaking and shear strength
Greater safety and freedom of movement The specially woven, energy-absorbing core decreases the arresting shock evenly, without a load peak ing device
X The sturdy, Teflon-coated outer sleeve serves as a retaining connectX Fall indicator (warning flag) signals replacement state of wear after
a fall
EN 355
Length m 2.0 2.0 1.5 2.0 User connection Steel screw snap hook Aluminium screw snap hook Steel screw snap hook Steel screw snap hook Anchorage connection Steel screw snap hook Aluminium scaffolding hook (63 mm) 2 x aluminium scaffolding hook (63 mm) 2 x aluminium scaffolding hook (63 mm) Reference no. 240159 240158 240161 240160
2011/12
X X X X X
User connection Screw snap hook Screw snap hook Screw snap hook Screw snap hook Screw snap hook Screw snap hook Screw snap hook
Anchorage connection Screw snap hook Screw snap hook Automatic snap hook (22 mm) Automatic snap hook (22 mm) Scaffolding hook (50 mm) Scaffolding hook (63 mm) 2 x scaffolding hooks (63 mm)
286
2011/12
X If the user falls or slips, the grab on the guide rope locks and arrests
the fall immediately.
2011/12
198590
Wire lifelines with rope grab for horizontal use MSK wire lifeline with rope grab
The complete solution, even for horizontal applications (e. g. use on flat roofs). Guide rope included
X Made of stainless steel X Suitable for vertical and horizontal applications
16 mm polyamide guide rope Runner with 0.4 m connecting belt Automatic snap hooks on runner and guide rope
Version 5m 10 m 15 m 20 m Reference no. 135062 135063 135064 135065
288
2011/12
X Small self-retracting lifelines are the affordable alternative to connecting devices with energy absorbers
X Complex safety catch technology prevents seizing due to ice formation or dirt
EN 360
Version 5.0 m 10.0 m 16.0 m 22.0 m 30.0 m Reference no. 198462 198463 198464 198465 198466
2011/12
new!
X The ideal alternative to connecting devices with energy absorbers X Exceptionally compact and light (from 0.85 kg) X Patented, ultra-fast acting
stainless steel braking system
X No mandatory inspections
Minimum working height 1.8 m with fall factor 0 (attachment above head) Minimum working height 4.3 m with fall factor 2 (attachment at floor level) EN 360
Length m 2 2 2 2
201586
198468
198469
290
2011/12
Version Harness belt 6 m + swivel Harness belt 6 m + swivel + scaffolding hook 63 mm + screw snap hook Harness belt 6 m + swivel + 2 screw snap hooks Harness belt 6 m + swivel + screw snap hook + automatic snap hook 22 mm
Length m 5 8 10 15
Rope Max. load Referdiameter kg ence no. mm 5 5 6 6 250 250 500 500 240193 240194 240195 240196
2011/12
With galvanised steel rope Tripping speed approx. 1.0 m/sec. Operating temperature: 30 C to +50C To safeguard the load in the event that the support means breaks The maximum permissible load can be doubled by using a return pulley
SafEscape Elite
The next generation of rescue devices
Maximum safety even in the toughest working conditions due to the very rugged construction (anodised aluminium housing) Low cost as revision-free for 7 years if not used (annual visual inspection can be carried out by technical expert) Optimum equipment design prevents swinging when lifting as well as vibrations when lowering, so making the rescue operation easier You can work anywhere due to the worldwide approval
Unconsciousness or injury
Person must be rescued from exposed situation
Power failure
(e. g. aisle stacker) requires self-rescue
A rescue device is often essential for the following range of applications: Aisle stackers Cranes and crane systems Existing safety equipment in accordance with EN 795 Pylons Aerials Wind turbines Gondolas and ski lifts High buildings
292 and in all other areas which are not accessible by normal means!
2011/12
Rescue devices for rescue and self-rescue SafEscape Elite rescue device (without rescue crank, for self-rescue)
aluminium housing)
new!
X Maximum safety even in the toughest working conditions due to the very rugged construction (anodised X Low costs no mandatory inspection for 7 years if it has not been used (annual visual inspection can be
done by technical expert)
X Optimum equipment design prevents swinging when lifting as well as vibrations when lowering, so making
the rescue operation easier
For devices with rope lengths other than those illustrated, please consult Pfeifer
SafEscape Elite with hoist rescue device (with rescue crank, for rescue and self-rescue)
aluminium housing)
new!
X Maximum safety even in the toughest working conditions due to the very rugged construction (anodised X Low costs no mandatory inspection for 7 years if it has not been used (annual visual inspection can be
done by technical expert)
X Optimum equipment design prevents swinging when lifting as well as vibrations when lowering, so making
the rescue operation easier
For devices with rope lengths other than those illustrated, please consult Pfeifer
2011/12
Further meaningful SafEscape Elite Rescue accessories as well as other rope lengths and our consultation (also at your place) can be received upon request.
294
2011/12
Caution:
Avoid injury due to the pendulum effect in the case of a fall. Attach yourself perpendicularly above the head if possible.
EN 795 Length m 6.3 mm, made of galvanised steel with plastic coating Opening: 300 mm (or 250 x 250 mm for square structures) Breaking load > 15 kN
Reference no. 195276
EN 795 Attachment sling made of 23 mm harness belt for one person for the attachment of the PPE connecting device at the attachment point
Version 0.6 m 0.8 m 1.0 m 1.2 m 1.5 m Reference no. 198577 198578 198579 198580 198581
Beam clamp
X The solution for PPE attachment to T-beams
EN 795 Made of aluminium Adjustable up to a beam width of 360 mm
Reference no. 201588
2011/12
Complete sets with self-retracting lifeline Set with self-retracting lifeline Falcon
(DuraFlex)
Contents: MA04 elastic 2-point DuraFlex safety harness, arresting eyes at front and back, Teflon-coated Falcon self-retracting lifeline made of highly impact-resistant nylon housing and 10 m wire rope extraction Grip-Fix attachment device with 100 mm opening and storage box made of plastic.
Reference no. 217974
296
2011/12
Complete set with wire lifelines with rope grab Set with wire lifeline with rope grab Titan
Contents: Titan 2-point safety harness and Titan automatic wire lifelines with rope grab with 10 m polyamide guide rope Rope diameter 12 mm:
Reference no. 194570
Complete set with wire lifelines with rope grab for horizontal use Set with wire lifeline with rope grab MSK horizontal
(AGU10)
X Suitable for vertical and horizontal applications
Contents: Sheet-steel equipment case with AGU10 safety harness (TL197651) and MSK16 15 m wire lifeline with rope grab (horizontal approval)
Reference no. 240293
(AGU90)
X Suitable for vertical and horizontal applications
Contents: Sheet-steel equipment case with AGU90 safety harness (TL197651) and MSK16 15 m running arrester (horizontal approval)
Reference no. 240295
2011/12
The special harness connecting device combination (length 2.4 m) lets you safely place the next frame even if no side protection has been placed in advance. Section widths up to 3.2 m can be constructed easily and safely. Please enquire about larger section widths. The system can be used from the 3rd level of the scaffold if the attachment point is chosen at least 1 m above foot height.
Complete sets for scaffolders Safety equipment set for scaffolders premium
X The PPE Special Set perfectly tailored for the scaffolding sector!
298
2011/12
Rucksack, small
With holder for mobile telephone and document pocket
Dimensions cm 30 x 17 x 40 Reference no. 217975
Rucksack, large
Dimensions cm 34 x 28 x 62 Reference no. 207915
2011/12
MN10 tripod
Aluminium tripod with a maximum height of 2.1 m Tripod weight excluding devices only 15 kg Self-securing (no additional bracing of the feet necessary)! Easily installed by 1 person. Adjustable delivered complete with pulley
Description MN10 tripod Might Evac self-retracting lifeline with rescue crank / 15 m rope Mounting adapter for Might Evac 15 m self-retracting lifeline Might Evac self-retracting lifeline with rescue crank / 30 m rope Might Evac self-retracting lifeline with rescue crank / 40 m rope Mounting adapter for Might Evac 30 + 40 m self-retracting lifeline Reference no. 201876 201604 201605 240302 240303 240304
300
2011/12
Railing/side protection systems Equipment for rescue and evacuation while working at height
2011/12
General Terms and Conditions (Sales terms) PFEIFER SEIL- UND HEBETECHNIK GMBH
3.4 If the buyer defaults in accepting the goods, fails to cooperate or if the loading or transportation of goods is delayed for a reason the buyer is responsible for, we shall be entitled at our discretion, to store the goods at the buyers expense and risk for use in business with companies, corporate bodies under public law and separa- of the buyer, to take all measures which are deemed appropriate to preserve the te estates governed by public law goods and to charge the goods as supplied. The same applies if goods which are ready for shipment are not collected within 4 days. The statutory provisions concer1. GENERAL PROVISIONS ning default in accepting goods shall remain unaffected. 1.1 Our deliveries and services take place exclusively on the basis of the following 3.5 In the case of damage in transport, the buyer must inform us immediately and conditions. We do not recognise any purchasing conditions that the buyer may have. prompt the carrier to establish the facts. 1.2 Our terms and conditions specifically apply to contracts concerning the sale and/or the delivery of chattels (hereinafter referred to as goods), regardless of 3.6 Insofar as it is not usual or agreed otherwise, the goods shall be delivered whether we produce the goods ourselves or buy them from suppliers (Sects. 433, unpacked and not protected against rust. For the rest, packaging materials which 651 German Civil Code). Without us having to refer to them in each individual are made of paper, plastic, jute, etc. and disposal pallets and reels shall be charged instance, the current version applies as a framework agreement both for future and not taken back. Lent reels are charged at normal rates and must be paid. If they are returned to the supplier free of charge and in good condition within 2 months, contracts concerning sales and/or the delivery of chattels with the same buyer. 2 / 3 of the charge will be credited. Exchangeable packaging such as lattice boxes 1.3 Our quotations are subject to change and non-binding. This applies even if we and EURO-pallets must be returned to the forwarding agent by the buyer immehave given the buyer catalogues, technical documentation (e.g. drawings, plans, diately after unloading in an exchangeable state (Epal). If these are damaged or not calculations, cost estimates, references to DIN standards), other product descriptireturned within a reasonable time to the forwarding agent, the buyer shall be obliged ons or documents (even in electronic form) which are our property and to which we to reimburse us at the prevailing market rate. own the copyright. 1.4 Concerning the interpretation of commercial terms, the respective current ver- 4. PRICES AND PAYMENT CONDITIONS, ASSEMBLY COSTS sion of Incoterms shall apply. 4.1 Unless agreed otherwise, our prices are ex works. VAT is added at the applicable statutory rate.
4.2 Unless agreed otherwise, payments must receive us without deduction up to 30 days following delivery (ex works). Discounts must be specially agreed with us 2.1 The delivery dates stated by us shall not be binding unless they are explicitly and will only be granted if the buyer is not in default with other invoices. confirmed in writing by us as a binding delivery date. They are extended to activi4.3 The buyer is in default once the period for payment has elapsed. Interest shall ties which are part of labour disputes, especially strikes and lockouts as well as the be added to the purchase price for the period of default at the applicable statutory start of time-related hindrances, for which we are not responsible which take place rate. We reserve the right to claim further damages as a result of defaults. In the up until the hindrance is overcome. If, through the hindrance, we find that the delicase of contracts with traders, our right to claim interest counting from the due date very is impossible or unreasonable, we shall be entitled to withdraw from the con(Sect. 353 Commercial Code) remains unaffected. tract. The buyer has the same right, if he finds that the acceptance is unreasonable due to the delay. In principle, the buyers or our right to withdraw shall only apply to 4.4 The buyer is only entitled to offset and withhold payments where his claim is the part of the contract which has not been fulfilled. If partial deliveries that have legally established or undisputed. In case of defects with the delivery point 7.5 of been made are unusable for the buyer, he shall be entitled to withdraw from the these conditions remains unaffected. entire contract. The buyers right to withdraw and terminate the contract in accor- 4.5 If after the conclusion of the contract, it is recognised that our claim to the dance with point 8 of these conditions remains unaffected. purchase price is at risk due to the inability of the buyer to pay (e.g. through an 2.2 As we source goods wholly or in part from other manufacturers, the delivery of application to open insolvency proceedings), then in accordance with the statutory our goods is subject to the reservation to make deliveries to ourselves. Where we provisions to deny a service and - if necessary, the imposition of a deadline - we cannot adhere to binding delivery dates, we shall inform the buyer about this wit- shall be entitled to withdraw from the contract (Sect. 321 German Civil Code). In the hout delay and at the same time, by determining a new delivery date, provide infor- case of contracts concerning the manufacturing of unreasonable articles (custommation as to when and the extent to which we can possibly make a later delivery. If made articles), we shall be entitled to withdraw from the contract immediately. The the prospect of a subsequent delivery cannot be entertained (impossibility) or addi- statutory provisions concerning the expendability of deadlines remain unaffected. tionally, if the provision of a service is not available within the new delivery date, we 4.6 In the case of assembly and installation, the expenses that we incur for the shall be entitled to withdraw from the contract (wholly or in part) if we are not assembly, daily allowances as well as accommodation and travel costs shall be responsible for the non-adherence to the delivery dates. Services in return which refunded. At the same time, the buyer must ensure that the assembly or installation have already been provided by the buyer shall be refunded by us without delay. can take place without interruption and the necessary preparations, such as foun2.3 If the buyer does not fulfil contractual obligations in a timely manner - including dations, electrical connections etc. are provided free of charge. the obligation to cooperate or carry out secondary obligations (in particular, the 5. DIMENSIONS, WEIGHTS, QUALITY GRADES issuing of a letter of credit, provision of domestic or foreign certificates, the making of advanced payments, the reviewing of drawings or specimen (etc.)), we shall be 5.1 Details of standards are based on the latest versions. entitled to reasonably postpone our delivery times in accordance with the requirements of our production operations, without prejudice to our rights arising from the buyers default. 2.4 The occurrence of delivery default on our part shall be governed by statutory provisions. In each case, the buyer is required to issue a demand letter. 5.2 Deviations related to dimensions, weights and quality grades are permitted in accordance with DIN or the applicable practice. Other deviations require special agreement. 5.3 Technical details and the descriptions of the articles of sale are non-binding. We reserve the right to make design changes, insofar as these are reasonable for the buyer. We retain the ownership and exclusive copyright over our cost estimates, drawings and other documents. They may not be made available to third parties and must be returned immediately upon request, or if the order was not placed.
6. RETENTION OF TITLE
6.1 Until full payment of all our present and future claims under the purchase agreement and ongoing business relationship (the secured claims) has been made, we shall retain the title to the goods that have been sold. 6.2 The goods (subject to retention of title) may not be pledged to any third party or transferred as security until full payment of the secured claims, has been made. The buyer must inform us immediately in writing if third parties have a share in goods belonging to us and must inform us of the extent. 6.3 In the case where the buyers behaviour is contrary to the contract, especially in the case of non-payment the due purchase price, we are legally entitled, to withdraw from the contract and / or to demand the product on the basis of title. The demand should not be interpreted as a notification of withdrawal, but merely the fact that we are entitled to claim the goods and we reserve the right to withdraw from the contract. If the buyer does not pay the due purchase price, we may only assert these rights if we have unsuccessfully set the buyer a reasonable deadline for payment beforehand or where such a deadline is unnecessary in accordance with the statutory provisions.
302
2011/12
6.4 The buyer is entitled to resell and/or process and/or remodel the goods (subject to retention of title) in the ordinary course of business. In this case, the following supplementary provisions apply: 6.5 The retention of title extends to products which are made through the processing, mixing or combining of our goods at their full value, where we are the manufacturer. If the property rights of third parties remain as a result of processing, mixing or combining with their goods, we shall acquire joint ownership in relation to the invoice value of the processed, mixed or combined goods. For the rest, the same applies for the resulting product as for the goods which have been delivered subject to the retention of title. 6.6 As security, the buyer shall assign the full debt claims against third parties resulting from the resale of the goods or products to us and/ or the amount owed under any joint ownership in accordance with the preceding paragraph. We shall accept the assignment. The obligations of the buyer cited in point 6.2 also apply with respect to the assigned debt claim. 6.7 Alongside us, the buyer shall remain authorized to collect the debt claim. We shall not collect the debt claim as long as the buyer meets his payment obligations towards us, is not in payment arrears, makes no application to open insolvency proceedings and there is no other failure in his ability to pay. If this is the case, we are entitled to demand that the buyer notifies us of the assigned debt claims, the debtors, all necessary details concerning the collection and that he hands us the appropriate documents and informs the debtors (third parties) of the assignment. 6.8 If the realisable value of the securities exceeds our debt claims by over 10 percent, we shall, at the request of the buyer, release securities of our choice.
ry, the buyer can withdraw from the purchase contract or reduce the purchase price. If there is a minor defect however, the buyer does not enjoy any right of withdrawal. 7.10 For the rest, the buyer only has a right to compensation for damages and/or compensation of wasted expenses in accordance with point 8. For the rest, all rights to compensation are excluded.
8. OTHER LIABILITY
8.1 As far as there are no provisions to the contrary in these conditions (including the following provisions) we shall only be liable for breaches of contract and noncontractual obligations under the relevant statutory provisions. 8.2 We are liable for damages regardless of the legal basis in the case of intent and gross negligence. We are only liable for negligence in the case of damage resulting from the loss of life, physical damage or damage to health in the case of damage resulting from a breach of an essential contractual obligation (an obligation, where the fulfilment of which basically allows for the proper execution of the contract overall and where adherence to it is something which is regularly familiar and trusted by the contracting partners); in this case however, our liability is limited to compensation for damage which is foreseeable, or which typically occurs. 8.3 The liability limitations arising from point 8.2 do not apply if we have fraudulently concealed a defect or have adopted a guarantee for the characteristic quality of the goods. The same applies to claims made by the buyer under the Product Liability Act. 8.4 In the case of an infringement that does not consist of a defect, the buyer may only withdraw from or cancel the contract if we are responsible for a breach of duty. The buyer does not enjoy an unrestricted right of termination (Sects. 651 and 649 German Civil Code especially apply). For the rest, the statutory requirements and legal consequences shall apply.
9. STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS
9.1 Notwithstanding Sect. 438, para. 1 no. 3 German Civil Code, the general period of limitation for claims related to material defects and defects of title is a year following delivery. As far as approval has been agreed upon, the statute of limitations begins with the approval. 9.2 If the goods however relate to a building or something which in its normal use has been used for a building and has caused defects (materials), the period of limitation is 5 years from the date of delivery in accordance with the statutory provisions (Sect. 438 para. 1, no 2 German Civil Code). The statutory provisions for real claims for the restitution of property of third parties (Sect. 438, para. 1, no. 1 German Civil Code), suppliers' recourse for final delivery to a consumer (Sect. 479 German Civil Code) and for the cases of fraud by the seller (Sect. 438, para. 3 German Civil Code) shall also remain unaffected. 9.3 The foregoing period of limitation relating to sale of goods law also applies to contractual and non-contractual claims of the buyer which are based on defective goods, unless the application of the normal statutory period of limitation (Sects. 195 and 199 German Civil Code) would in individual cases, lead to a shorter period of limitation. The periods of limitation related to the Product Liability Act shall remain unaffected. In all other cases, the statutory periods of limitation exclusively apply to claims for damages made by the buyer in accordance with point 8.
303
2011/12
Index
A
Abrasion protection sleeve 136 100 Adjustable spreader beams Anti-slip mat 258 259 Attachment points PPE 295 Attachment Sling Titan 295 Automatic rail grab 89
D
Disposable lifting belts 131 269 Disposable lock Double bridge edge protection rail 256 Drum grab 94 Drum gripper 94 Drumhandling 93 95 Drum rim clamp Drum tilting grab 93 Drum turnover grab 93 dual lift 52 229 Duplex clamps Dynamometer 18 25
B
Bag for ratchet wrench 280, 298 Balancing spreader beams 103 Basket chains, single, endless 160, 176 Beam clamps 38, 295 Big Bag spreader beam 102 Bolt-on eye 204 new Bolt-on swivel 190 203 Bottle jacks with low overall height 68
HIT Chrome 32 new HIT PRO lashing chain 263 new HIT steel winch 66 HIT swivelling eyebolt 191 Hollow piston cylinder 70 Hook safety latch 166 167 Hose grips 266 240 HSW/HS eye load hook Hydraulic accessories 73 Hydraulic bottle jacks 68 Hydraulic cylinders 69 71 Hydraulic hoses and coupling halves 73 Hydraulic jacks 67 Hydraulic pumps 72
O
Original grip hoist rope hoists Oval ring 50 149
P
new 360 pulley block with integrated roller running gear 36 P07 lever hoist 32 Parallel hook 166, 204205 Permanent load lifting magnet 26 29 Permanent magnet transporter 28 Personal protective equipment 271 new Personal protective equipment for scaffolding fitters 298 PFEIFER Compact Plus 22 PFEIFER drum gripper 94 new PFEIFER Handheld Plus Wired remote read-out device 24 PFEIFER handheld plus 24 PFEIFER high-lift pallet truck 61 67 PFEIFER hydraulic jack PFEIFER load clamps 77 PFEIFER Loadblock Plus 23 PFEIFER Loadlink Plus 18 new PFEIFER Multi Plus 20 new PFEIFER Multi Plus wireless thermal printer 20 PFEIFER pipe hooks 29 19 PFEIFER Radiolink Plus PFEIFER RL-B rope oil 235 50 PFEIFER rope hoists new PFEIFER Wirelink Plus 21 new PFEIFER Multi Plus read-out device 20 PFEIFER-RENFROE drum clamp 300 S 1 95 PFEIFER-RENFROE lifting clamp 7787 PFEIFER-RENFROE pry bar 88 Pipe hooks 29 Plastic-sheathed round strand ropes 237 Plug & Play electric chain hoists 45 Pneumatic and electric pumps 72 Pneumatic hoists from 250 kg to 6,000 kg 47 new Polypropylene ropes 241 new Polypropylene tool ropes 241 new Polypropylene tool rope extension 241 POLYTEX abrasion protection sleeve 136 POLYTEX cargo lashing 243 POLYTEX disposable lifting belts 131 POLYTEX edge protection plate 256 POLYTEX edge protection profile, plastic 256 POLYTEX endless lifting belts 129 POLYTEX Flexoclip S 135 POLYTEX heavy-duty lifting belts, four-layer 128 POLYTEX lashing set 254 POLYTEX lashing belt system 246 254, 270 POLYTEX lifting belts 122 128 POLYTEX protective collar 136
E
Edge protection systems 132136, Edge-tested connecting device 285 4045 Electric chain hoists Electric rope winches 57 Emergency chain links 188 Endless wire rope slings 147 Endless lifting belts 129 103 Equalising spreader beams Equipment bag, PVC 299 299 Equipment case Eyebolts, high-strength 8.8 205
I
Insulating swivels 206
L
Label sets 280 256 LashControl new Lashing chain grade 12 263 Lashing chain systems 261 266, 270 Lashing rail 270 246 254 Lashing straps Lever hoist P85 malleable cast iron 34 Lever hoist P95 malleable cast iron 34 33 Lever hoist XXS Lever hoists chrome HIT 32 Lifting belts 122128 118 Lifting belt set Lifting points 189 205 Lightweight pumps with lower leverage force 72 Lifting clamps 7787 25 Load display Load hook 283 184 23 Loadblock Plus Loading forks 9697 Loading ramp lashing on low-loaders 254 Load-lifting magnets 2628 Loadlink Plus 18 Lubricant 235
C
Cable grips 240 Carrying capacity identification tag 150 243 Cargo lashing equipment Cargo lashing nets 255 246 254 Cargo lashing straps Chain components chain load hooks 200204 Chain components suspension links 165, 194200 187 Chain shackle Chain slings 157185 Chain slings, grade 100 168 185 new Chain slings, grade 120 157 167 Chain suspension with balancing device and rocker 179 Chain suspension with balancing device for precast slabs with in-situ topping 187 Chains grade 100 168 185 Chains grade 120 157 167 Clamping claw gripper 9495 Coil hook 98 new Coil storage system 99 new Coil turnover hooks 98 Connection fittings for manometers 73 Container cover nets 270 Coupling halves including dust cap 73 Coupling load hook 200204 Coupling suspension rings 194199 Crane scales 24 CWP universal connecting link 165
F
Fastening ring Fire service snap hook Flat rope lifting belts Flexoclip S Fork lifters Fork pallet truck Full thimbles FW/F foundry hook with eye 167 242 130 135 96 5861 225 202
G
Grade 100 chain slings 168 185 new Grade 120 chain slings 157 167 new Grade 120 lashing chain 263 Grommets in accordance with DIN EN 13414-3 147
H
new Hemp tool rope
M
Magnets 2628 Manometer for load or pressure display 73 Manual high-lift truck 60 Manual hoists 31 37 Manual rope winches 55 56 Medium tolerance round steel chain 180 Mini jack 68 minifor portable motorised rope hoists 54 Mobile horizontal fall protection 295 Motorised rope hoists 54
extension 241 new Heavy duty thimbles 234 new Heavy duty wide-body shackles 234 Heavy-duty lifting belts 128 Heavy-duty PU edge protector 132 new Hemp ropes 241 226 227 High-strength shackle HIT eyebolt 191 new HIT fork pallet trucks 58 new HIT load lifting magnets 26, 27 new HIT permanent load lifting magnet 26 new HIT PRO 152 167, 261 263
304
2011/12
POLYTEX PU protective sleeve 134 POLYTEX round slings 111115 POLYTEX textile lashing system 270 POLYTEX Duplex 134 POLYTEX Simplex 134 PPE attachment points 285 Profile steel chain 7 13 mm 164 90 Profile steel grab Protect PRO edge protector 133 Protection systems for attachment devices 132136 Protection systems for lashing equipment 256 Protective equipment 271 Protective equipment set 296 297 Pry bar 88 Pulley blocks 35, 36
Ropes for guided loads 53 Ropes for PFEIFER rope hoists 50, 53 Ropes for unguided loads 53 90 Round profile grab Round reels 236 new Round sling CJ load hook 119 Round sling set 118 Round slings 111115 new Round slings, XXL-Protect 115 Round steel chain 188 Rucksack 299 Running arresters 287 288
T
Telescopic rescue pole 293 269 Tensioning ratchet Test tags 167 Thimbles 224 225, 238 Tool bag 279 280 Tool hydraulics 6973 new Tool ropes 241 Traction hoist 52 Trailing running gear 4143 6264 Transport castors Tripod with Revac fall protection device 300 Turnbuckles 230 232, 239 Turning tables 99, 108 104 Turnover spreader beams
S
new SafEscape Elite rescue device 293 271 Safety equipment Safety harnesses 278 282 Safety load hook 149150, Scissors lift pallet truck 61 Section grabs 90 290 291 Self retracting lifelines Shackle 226 227, 238 Shock absorbing lanyard 285 286 S-hook SM 187 279 Shoulder/leg pad SIKA load hook 149 228 Simplex clamps Sliding choker hook 150 Spare safety latch, complete 166 59 Special fork pallet trucks new Spreader beam 105 Spreader beam with adjustable cross beams 101 100105 Spreader beams Spur wheel pulley block 360 36 Spur wheel pulley blocks, chrome HIT 35 Stainless steel rope accessories 238 237 Stainless steel ropes Standard jacks 68 Steel sling, galvanised 295 new Steel winches 66 164, 180 Suspension links Swivel with tapered roller thrust bearing 233 Swivelling lifting points 191 195 Swivelling eyebolt 191
Q
Quality grade symbol 167 168 Quick-release chain closure 188 Quick-release clamp 255
U
Ultra-light helmet 299
W
Wall mounted rope winch 55 56 Water bottle holder 279 Wedge clamp 239 Wedge end clamps with bolt for wire ropes 229 18 25 Weighing equipment Welding eye 204 Welding hooks 205 new Winder Willi 236 new Winding device 236 Wire claw hook 259 99 Wire coil internal gripper Wire lifelines with rope grap 287 288 138145 Wire rope slings Wires rope clamps 228, 238 52 Wire rope traction hoist
R
Radiolink plus 19 Rail grab 89 267 Ratchet load tensioner Recessed lashing ring, bolt-on 257 Reel running gear 38 new Reel winding device 236 Relief step sling 284 294 Rescue rope clamp Revac load securing device 291 Ring suspension gear, three-part 149 Roller crowbar 65 Roller running gear 38 65 Roller skate transport sets Rope care 235 52 Rope traction hoist Rope handling 236 Rope hoists 50 235 Rope oil PFEIFER RL-B new Rope pulleys 51, 233, 242 Rope spray PFEIFER RL-S 235 Rope tensioning clamp DIN 48342 239 55 Rope winch, manually operated
1. Of course we are also pleased to handle your small orders! As small orders also cause high handling costs, our minimum order value amounts to EUR 100.00. For your orders smaller than EUR 100 we will invoice an amount of EUR 10.00 handling charges 2. Parcel service consignments are exclusively dispatched by our partner parcel service UPS! The UPS transport conditions are valid. For national parcel service consignments we will invoice the following charges: to 2.0 kg = 4.95 Euro 2.1 kg 10.0 kg = 7.00 Euro 10.1 kg 20.0 kg = 10.20 Euro 20.1 kg 30.0 kg = 16.40 Euro Delivery times and costs for express consignments upon request.
All catalogue prices are valid ex works plus VAT. With issue of this catalogue all previous pricelists for the items mentioned in this catalogue lose their validity. These prices will probably be valid until the end of 2011. Technical changes, price changes, improvements and colour deviations of the products as well as printing errors are reserved.
2011/12
St. Petersburg
Rio de Janeiro
London/Thame Southampton
Essen
Hamburg Berlin
Mlheim Schifflange
Dresden
Breslau/Wroclaw
Chalezeule
Prag Ivano-Frankivsk
Changshu
Shanghai
Bilbao
Barcelona Madrid
Dubai
GERmanY mEmmInGEn TEL +49-8331-937233 FAX +49-8331-937380 mLHEIm TEL +49-208-429010 FAX +49-208-4290143 STRaUBInG TEL +49-9421-914098 FAX +49-9421-914099 Service-Centres in: Berlin, Hamburg and additional test service centres in Mannheim and Munich
SPaIn maDRID TEL +34-91-659-3185 FAX +34-91-659-3139 BaRCELOna TEL +34-93-589-8446 FAX +34-93-589-8446 BILBaO TEL +34-94-405-6332 FAX +34-94-405-6654 aUSTRIa aSTEn TEL +43-7224-662240 FAX +43-7224-6622413
SwITzERLanD KnOnaU TEL +41-44-76855-55 FAX +41-44-76855-30 RUSSIa mOSKaU Tel. +7-495-363-01-27 Fax +7-495-363-01-28 ST. PETERSBURG Tel. +7-812-740-12-24 Fax +7-812-493-48-21 LUXEmBOURG SCHIFFLanGE TEL +352-574242 FAX +352-574262
UaE DUBaI TEL +971-4-883-8445 FAX +971-4-883-8446 HUnGaRY BUDaPEST TEL +36-1-2601014 FAX +36-1-2620927 POLanD WrocaW TEL +48-71-3980760 FAX +48-71-3980769
CHIna SHanGHaI TEL +86-21-56778006 FAX +86-21-56779229 USa HamPTOn TEL +1-7578252544 FAX +1-7578252546 GREaT BRITaIn CREwE TEL +44-1270-587728 FAX +44-1270-587913 SOUTHamPTOn TEL +44-23-8066-5470 FAX +44-23-8066-5471